Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / CCL Industries Inc

CCL Industries Inc

ccl.b:ca · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ccl.b:ca
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · CCL Industries Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 C

C

L

I

n

d

u

s

t

r

i

e

s

I

n

c

.

–

2

0

1

9

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

 CCL Industries Inc.

2 0 1 9   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

 
 
 
 
 
 
21,400
Employees

183
Production Facilities

42
Countries

6
Continents

CCL 

Avery

Innovia 

Checkpoint 

Avery is the world’s largest supplier 
of labels, specialty converted 
media and software solutions 
for short-run digital printing 
applications for businesses and 
consumers available alongside 
complementary products sold 
through distributors, mass-market 
stores and e-commerce retailers.

Innovia is a leading global 
producer of specialty, high-
performance, multi-layer, 
surface engineered films for 
label, packaging and security 
applications.

Checkpoint is a leading developer 
of RF and RFID-based technology 
systems for loss prevention 
and inventory management 
applications, including labeling 
and tagging solutions, for the retail 
and apparel industries worldwide.

CCL is the world’s largest 
converter of pressure sensitive 
and specialty extruded film 
materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, functional 
and security applications for 
government institutions and large 
global customers in the consumer 
packaging, healthcare & chemicals, 
consumer electronic device and 
automotive markets. Extruded & 
laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, 
folded instructional leaflets, 
precision decorated & die cut 
components, electronic displays, 
polymer banknote substrate and 
other complementary products 
and services are sold in parallel to 
specific end-use markets.

NORTH AMERICA REPRESENTS 

EUROPE REPRESENTS

EMERGING MARKETS REPRESENTS

43% of total sales

31% of total sales

26% of total sales

CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  This  annual  report  contains  forward-looking  information  and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined  under  applicable  securities  laws, 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “forward-looking statements”) that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are predictive in nature 
or depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by, but not limited to, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans” or 
similar expressions. Statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Company, other than statements of historical fact, 
are forward-looking statements. Specifically, this annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income and profitability of the Company’s segments; 
the Company’s improvement in market share; the Company’s capital spending levels and planned capital expenditures in 2020; the adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s 
targeted return on equity, improved return on total capital, adjusted earnings per share, EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business 
strategy; the Company’s expectations regarding general business and economic conditions; the Company’s expectation to successfully divert waste from landfill, reducing costs and having a positive 
sustainability impact for its customer; the Innovia segment success regarding a multi-year period renegotiating pass-through pricing mechanisms in customer contracts; the impact the coronavirus 
will have on the economy in China and potentially the global supply chain; the Company’s success in passing on foreign exchange movements and input cost changes to its customer base; the 
Company’s success in quickly initiating actions to reduce variable costs if the economic environment weakens; CCL Secure’s success in developing market leading security technology to pursue 
long-term widespread adoption of polymer banknotes; the Company’s expectations that Avery will have sustainable growth in its direct-to-consumer offering including incremental acquisitions; the 
Company’s expectation that Avery will develop new products and have stable margins for its legacy OPG product group; Checkpoint’s capture of sales and profit growth from the evolving radio-
frequency identification (“RFID”) market and will consider complimentary and tuck-in business acquisitions; Innovia’s success in filling the capacity of its new manufacturing line in Mexico; and 
Innovia’s success at improving profitability at its pending Flexpol acquisition.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to future events and conditions including, but not limited to, 
the impact of competition; consumer confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit availability; technological 
change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; 
improved customer demand for the Company’s products; continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s ability to provide 
a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition 
strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin cost 
increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic 
conditions. Should one or more risks materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. 
Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements 
are made may have on the business. Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other 
business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them and therefore cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this annual report and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new 
events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc., its subsidiary companies and equity-accounted investments.

20 19   L ET T E R   TO   S H A R E H O L D E RS

Donald G. Lang

Geoffrey T. Martin

Executive Chairman

President and  

Chief Executive Officer

In a more challenging global economy, with slower end-market growth, the Company made modest progress in 2019, reaching 
sales of $5.3 billion and adjusted net earnings of $497 million, slightly above the 2018 result. Organic sales growth for the CCL 
Segment moderated to 1.1% compared to 4.8% last year, while Checkpoint grew 2.6% on top of a strong prior year and Avery 
reported  its  first  organic  gain  since  2015.  Innovia’s  sales  grew  15.7%,  all  driven  by  the  first  full  year  of  the  mid-2018  Treofan 
acquisition. Reported sales for the Company increased 3.1% and adjusted basic earnings per Class B share* improved from $2.73 
in  2018  to  $2.79  in  2019;  foreign  currency  translation  effects  were  nominal.  Restructuring  charges  and  other  expenses  were 
$25  million  in  2019,  compared  to  $15  million  in  2018;  this  year  included  $13  million  to  settle  a  long-running  legal  matter  at 
Checkpoint. The balance largely related to restructuring investments across our business segments to tighten our operations 
for a period of lower global growth. Free cash flow from operations* (operating cash flows) was another record at $444 million.

CCL Segment

This  part  of  the  Company  made  slower  progress  in  2019,  with  sales  again  reaching  $3.3  billion,  with  1.1%  organic  growth, 
compared to 4.8% in 2018 and 6.2% in 2017. Geographically, we delivered modest progress in North America and Europe, better 
in Emerging Markets, especially China, moderated by a down year in Australia and South Africa. Excluding the impact of currency 
translation, worldwide sales increased 1.8%, operating income* fell 3.0% while EBITDA* improved slightly to $716 million on IFRS 
lease accounting changes, a flat margin of 21.7% compared to 2018.

Home & Personal Care operations delivered low-single-digit organic growth for labels and tubes in both North America and Asia, 
but Europe was flat, while Latin America declined due to pricing challenges and share loss in Brazil. We had a solid year at our joint 
venture in the Middle East. Overall results for labels globally were broadly in line with the volume increases experienced by large 
global customers. This was not the case for aerosols in the USMCA zone, where sales decreased in the high teens as customers 
worked through excess inventory built in 2018 during an industry capacity crunch. Demand has returned to normal levels in early 
2020. Our aluminum slug joint venture restarted production late in the year after a fire in 2018; the plant should reach profitability 
by 2021. Sales in the sector again passed $1 billion but were down modestly on a very strong 2018, largely due to the soft year at 
CCL Container, which was also entirely responsible for the profit decline in the sector.

1

2019 Annual Report2 0 1 9   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Healthcare & Specialty sales decreased by a low single-digit rate as tough market conditions for generic drugs, especially in 
the United States, and challenges from customer consolidation in the agricultural chemicals industry persisted. Our European 
business grew modestly on much improved results in Germany, and we posted strong performances in China and Brazil while 
continuing  to  turn  around  performance  in  Australia.  Profitability  overall  fell,  largely  due  to  the  situation  in  the  generics  drug 
market, particularly affecting our Canadian label operation in Toronto.

Food & Beverage 2019 organic sales growth moderated to a mid-single-digit rate, compared to a record 18% in 2018. Consumer 
focus on sustainability somewhat affected the new project pipeline, as metal cans were occasionally preferred over glass and 
PET bottles with labels, and transitions from paper wet-glue decoration sometimes delayed. Certain end markets slowed, and we 
faced competitive pricing pressures in the tobacco, mass beer and wine spaces, with some share loss. However, we completed 
major new plant projects in South Africa and Brazil while developing exciting new technologies to aid customers with their bottle-
to-bottle recycling initiatives. Sleeve sales were again up double digits, pressure sensitive labels grew moderately for glass bottles 
in Wine & Spirits, waters and beer, but the closure label business declined double digits on large 2018 product launches absent 
in 2019. Profitability overall declined on mix changes, some margin pressure and lower growth rates. Our joint venture in Russia 
grew but profitability declined on challenges with adding capacity for Sleeves.

CCL Design sales to Electronics customers increased high single digit, despite slowing global cell phone growth, on share gains 
and new products. Results were strong in all regions, especially China, and we successfully integrated an acquisition in Vietnam 
giving  us  a  footprint  in  a  strategically  important  country  for  this  industry.  Profitability  improved  significantly  and  passed  the 
Segment average for CCL for the first time. Automotive struggled on slower industry growth globally, especially for labels broadly 
sold in the market. Our Mexican metal converting plant improved but remains loss-making as volume builds for this relatively new 
operation were less than anticipated. However, new label plants in both China and Brazil made good progress. A greenfield metal 
converting facility in China comes on stream in the second half of 2020 on the back of new program awards for global OEMs that 
stretch out for multiple years. Margins in Automotive remain subpar, but we are determined to improve the situation in 2020. Sales 
to alkaline battery producers declined in 2019, and our Olympic Tapes acquisition remained loss-making in advance of expected 
customer qualification approvals. Overall profitability at CCL Design improved on 2018.

CCL  Secure  posted  a  strong  year,  with  sales  up  double  digit  driving  a  significant  increase  in  profits  and  operating  margins. 
Results were strong across the board. In the United States, new stamp orders and regained share in security documents, ID cards 
and passport components drove very good performance. Polymer currency operations also posted improved results on higher 
volumes  with  a  long  project  pipeline  in  place.  Quarterly  volatility  based  on  large  order  timing  and  a  long  sales  cycle  remain 
notable characteristics of this business.

Avery 

After a slow 2018, we were pleased to see Avery deliver meaningful profit improvement, outstanding cash flow and 3.8% sales 
growth including our first organic gain since 2015. The key driver was double-digit growth, with e-commerce retailers and our 
own  direct-to-consumer  product  lines  exceeding  $130  million  in  sales  including  first-time  contributions  from  the  small  “kids’ 
labels” acquisitions in the U.K., Quebec and Australia. Legacy product lines posted modest gains as tariff threats discouraged 
some retailers from moving further back-to-school volumes offshore. Our European business made solid progress but the much 
smaller operations in Latin America and Australia declined. Operating income increased $11 million to $157 million on sales of 
$739 million, a return on sales* of 21.2%, up 80 basis points. We hope to see mix-based margin expansion in 2020 coupled with 
modest organic growth, supplemented by further acquisitions in the direct-to-consumer space. Avery continues to deliver the 
highest return on capital and operating cash flow* as a percentage of sales in the Company.

Checkpoint 

Checkpoint  did  not  quite  match  the  record  prior-year  performance  but  had  significantly  improved  cash  flow,  far  surpassing 
the  prior  year  on  lower  capital  investments  and  much  improved  working  capital  results.  Sales  increased  2.6%  on  an  organic 
basis to $724 million and profits reached $96 million. Innovation in electronic article surveillance technologies augmented by 
new  concepts  in  RFID  deployment  drove  new  business  wins  with  global  retailers.  Our  new  RFID  inlay  plant  in  China  had  one 
of the quickest start-up to profitability cycles in our long history of investing in greenfield facilities and technologies. We also 
engineered many improvements to our HALO software product line to aid retailer RFID deployment and reduced the gap to move 
into profitability. Our apparel labeling business declined on share loss in the United States but held its important market positions 
in Europe and Asia Pacific. Operating margin was up slightly, but still has considerable room to improve.

2

2019 Annual ReportInnovia

Results  included  a  first  full-year  contribution  from  the  Treofan  transaction  closed  in  mid-2018.  Sales  increased  15.7%  on  the 
acquisition to $557 million, with a 15.2% EBITDA* margin, compared to 12.1% in 2018 and 15.9% in 2017. Better commercial controls, 
increased production of security films, lower resin and overhead costs, plus strong performances in Belgium and Australia drove 
the improvement. However, our large U.K. operation continued to struggle as cost savings could only offset declining sales. We 
appointed a new Managing Director in early 2020 to drive improvements both internally and externally. Foreign exchange gains 
on U.K. exports to the United States aided results, as did a non-cash accounting gain related to our decision to close the U.K. 
defined  benefit  pension  scheme  from  further  benefit  accruals  beyond  April  2019.  These  events  largely  drove  the  profitability 
gains at this operation year on year. In Mexico, we made good strides to improve operations and the start-up of our new capacity, 
the largest BOPP extrusion line in the world, went smoothly. While the legacy Treofan business met sales expectations, EBITDA 
margins fell below pre-acquisition levels but increased over the poor second half of 2018, aided by lower resin costs, improved 
controls and operational gains. In the coming year, we look forward to the addition of our new plant in Poland, bringing us a value 
proposition to compete for higher volume products in the label industry, while our U.K. operation focuses on developing specialty 
films that match its unique technology platform.

Delivering to Shareholders 

Following our February 2020 Board meeting, we announced a 5.9% increase in the dividend in keeping with modest earnings 
growth. The annualized payout now stands at $0.72 per Class B share and $0.71 per Class A share, up 140% over the last five years. 
The Company has paid dividends without omission or reduction for more than three decades. Despite spending $40 million on 
acquisitions  and  $336  million  on  capital  expenditures  (net  of  disposals),  the  Company’s  net  debt  to  EBITDA  ratio  ended  2019 
comfortably inside investment-grade territory and down 0.3 turns from last year to 1.6 times. Priorities for 2020 include building 
on the improved performance of Innovia, sustaining organic growth in our other businesses, adding bolt-on transactions that meet 
our disciplined valuation metrics while paying down debt to build capacity for the future. Working capital performance remains 
at the top end of our peer group. We plan to invest $350 million in 2020, compared to an expected $291 million depreciation 
and amortization expense excluding right-of-use assets. With 97% of sales outside Canada, CCL continues to provide domestic 
shareholders considerable geographic risk diversification.

Leadership and Governance

CCL’s breadth of operations spanning 183 manufacturing facilities in 42 countries around the world requires a cadre of leaders 
reflecting the cultural diversity of the geographies where we do business. Our creed has always been to have local people lead 
our  Company  across  international  markets.  This  is  especially  true  in  emerging  markets  where  we  have  strong  regional  heads 
with  deep  experience  in  the  countries  they  oversee.  Global  business  heads  direct  strategically,  bringing  the  mindset  of  large 
multinational customers and our latest technologies and product innovations to businesses around the world. While our team 
comes  from  many  diverse  backgrounds  and  cultures,  there  is  one  bonding  characteristic:  a  universal  understanding  of  our 
industry borne from spending all their formative years at its coalface. We have small, agile and technically efficient corporate 
offices in Toronto, Framingham, near Boston, in the United States and Singapore, along with some resources scattered around 
our operations in a connected world. We continue to run our corporate organization with all of its resources and costs, including 
incentive compensation, for approximately 1% of sales and watch that benchmark closely as the Company grows.

Ned Guillet, Director and Chair of the Company’s Human Resources Committee, stepped down at the 2019 annual shareholders’ 
meeting and was replaced by Doug Muzyka, one of our longstanding, internationally experienced Directors. Tom Peddie, another 
of our long-serving Directors handed over the Chair of the Audit Committee to Vincent Galifi, Chief Financial Officer of Magna 
International, who joined the Board in 2016. We are very pleased that Tom remains with us as a Director on the Audit Committee, 
ensuring we have a smooth transition. Finally, we welcomed back Alan Horn to the Board, who had previously served nine years 
with us from 2008 to 2017. Alan is President and Chief Executive of Rogers Telecommunications Limited. Our Board continues to 
provide strong governance on behalf of all shareholders, along with wise counsel to management.

3

2019 Annual Report2 0 1 9   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Sustainability

Sustainability  remains  top  of  mind  across  our  stakeholders  as  the  world  confronts  climate  change,  population  growth  and 
declining natural resources. In 2020, we will set up a system to collect data that accurately measures the carbon footprint and 
waste generated by our widely dispersed operations and expect to publish our first annual Sustainability Report in 2021. Many 
international operations have ISO 14001 and 16001 environmental certifications and a number no longer send waste to landfill 
sites. Some eliminated the use of corrugated boxes and wooden pallets in their operations, replacing them with multi-trip reusable 
transit packaging. New plants also optimize energy and use the latest technologies to handle hazardous waste. We continue to be 
a world leader in digitizing our printing plants, allowing customers to order any quantity avoiding obsolescence waste. However, 
our most important sustainability strategy remains bringing new ideas to customers to integrate into supply chains and consumer 
propositions to reach their own sustainability goals. For many years, our patented wash-off pressure sensitive labels have enabled 
customers to adopt multiple-trip glass bottles. Many believe plastics have a lower carbon footprint than metal or glass, but it 
needs to be as easily recycled for the new circular economy. Customers now want the same advantages for shrink sleeves for 
PET bottles. In 2020, we will invest in a new hybrid film line in Europe that will allow easy separation of label and PET flakes in the 
recycling process. The new line comes on stream in 2021. 

2020 Outlook 

We  enter  2020  with  the  outbreak  of  the  coronavirus  in  China.  Its  impact,  although  contained,  remains  uncertain.  It  adds  to 
concerns  about  economic  growth  this  year.  Our  industry  grew  at  a  subdued,  slower  pace  in  2019,  and  history  suggests  such 
drops in activity usually continue for a longer period. The world may be due for a pause, hopefully not a contraction, and we are 
preparing ourselves for that. In the year ahead, we will invest part of our free cash flow into restructuring activity to make sure 
operations that are underperforming are improved. When times are tougher, the best investment opportunities often arise. We 
will take advantage of such opportunities around the world: organically and to acquire within our field of endeavor as the best 
use of the Company’s excess cash flow.

We would like to take the opportunity as always to appreciate the hard work, ingenuity and passionate dedication of our people 
to the cause. We are now 21,400 and without them we are nothing. To our customer and supplier partners, we appreciate your 
support in this highly connected world in which we have all become so interdependent.

Donald G. Lang 
Executive Chairman 

Geoffrey T. Martin 
President and Chief Executive Officer

*  Non-IFRS measures; see Section 5A of CCL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for more detail.

4

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and ratio data)

Sales 

EBITDA 

% of sales 

Restructuring and other items 

Net earnings  

% of sales  

Basic earnings per Class B share
Net earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
Dividends  

As at December 31

Total assets 
Net debt* 
Total equity 
Net debt to EBITDA* 
Return on equity (before other expenses)*   
Number of employees (approximately) 

* 

 A non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
 $ 

2019 

5,321.3 

1,067.2 

20.1% 

25.0 

477.1 

9.0% 

2.68 
2.66 
2.79 
0.68 

7,038.0 
1,716.2 
2,897.7 
1.61 
17.8% 

21,400 

2018  

5,161.5  

995.3 

19.3% 

14.8 

466.8 

9.0% 

2.64 
2.61 
2.73 
0.52 

7,027.6 
1,902.5  
2,673.1  
1.91 
20.0% 

21,000 

% 

3.1%

7.2% 

2.2%

1.5%
1.9%
2.2%
30.8%

0.1%
(9.8%) 
8.4%

1.9%

5

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of CCL Industries 
Inc. (“the Company”) relates to the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. In preparing this MD&A, the Company has 
taken  into  account  information  available  until  February  21,  2020,  unless  otherwise  noted.  This  MD&A  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the Company’s December 31, 2019, annual consolidated financial statements, which form part of the CCL 
Industries Inc. 2019 Annual Report dated February 21, 2020. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and, unless otherwise noted, both the financial statements and this MD&A 
are expressed in Canadian dollars as the reporting currency. The major measurement currencies of the Company’s operations 
are the Canadian dollar, U.S. dollar, euro, Argentine peso, Australian dollar, Bangladeshi taka, Brazilian real, Chilean peso, 
Chinese renminbi, Danish krone, Hong Kong dollar, Hungarian forint, Indian rupee, Israeli shekel, Japanese yen, Malaysian 
ringgit, Mexican peso, New Zealand dollar, Philippine peso, Polish zloty, Russian ruble, Singaporean dollar, South African 
rand, South Korean won, Swiss franc, Thai baht, Turkish lira, U.K. pound sterling and Vietnamese dong. All per Class B non-
voting share (“Class B share”) amounts in this document are expressed on an undiluted basis, unless otherwise indicated. The 
Company’s Audit Committee and its Board of Directors (the “Board”) have reviewed this MD&A to ensure consistency with 
the approved strategy and results of the business.

I N D E X

1.  Corporate Overview

8 
8  A)  The Company

8  B)  Customers and Markets

8  C)  Strategy and Financial Targets

11  D)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

12  E)  Subsequent Events

13  F)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

15  G)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

18  2.  Business Segment Review
18  A)  General

20  B)  CCL Segment

22  C)  Avery Segment

23  D)  Checkpoint Segment

24  E)  Innovia Segment

25  F)  Joint Ventures

26  3.  Financing and Risk Management
26  A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

27  B)  Cash Flow 

28  C)  Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management  

  and Other Hedges 

28  D)  Equity and Dividends

29  E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations 

30  F)  Controls and Procedures

30  4.  Risks and Uncertainties

40  5.  Accounting Policies and Non-IFRS Measures
40  A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

44  B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

45  C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

45  D)  Related Party Transactions

46  6.  Outlook

6

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company changed 
its reportable segments to incorporate all entities 
previously reported within the Container Segment 
in the CCL Segment, to more closely align with 
the current management structure and reporting. 
Comparative  segment  information  has  been 
restated to conform to current year presentation.

F O R WA R D - L O O K I N G   I N F O R M AT I O N

This MD&A contains forward-looking information 
and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined 
under  applicable  securities  laws,  (hereinafter 
collectively  referred  to  as  “forward-looking 
statements”)  that  involve  a  number  of  risks  and 
uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include 
all  statements  that  are  predictive  in  nature  or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-
looking statements are typically identified by, but 
not  limited  to,  the  words  “believes,”  “expects,” 
“anticipates,”  “estimates,”  “intends,”  “plans” 
or  similar  expressions.  Statements  regarding 
the  operations,  business,  financial  condition, 
priorities,  ongoing  objectives,  strategies  and 
outlook of the Company, other than statements 
of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. 
Specifically, this MD&A contains forward-looking 
statements  regarding  the  anticipated  growth  in 
sales, income and profitability of the Company’s 
segments; the Company’s improvement in market 
share;  the  Company’s  capital  spending  levels 
and  planned  capital  expenditures  in  2020;  the 
adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the 
Company’s  targeted  return  on  equity,  improved 
return  on  total  capital,  adjusted  earnings  per 
share, EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; 
the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s 
ongoing  business  strategy;  the  Company’s 
expectations  regarding  general  business  and 
economic conditions; the Company’s expectation 
to successfully divert waste from landfill, reducing 
costs and having a positive sustainability impact 
for  its  customer;  the  Innovia  segment  success 
regarding  a  multi-year  period  renegotiating 
pass-through  pricing  mechanisms  in  customer 
contracts;  the  impact  the  coronavirus  will  have 

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
on the economy in China and potentially the global supply chain; the Company’s success in passing on foreign exchange 
movements and input cost changes to its customer base; the Company’s success in quickly initiating actions to reduce 
variable costs if the economic environment weakens; CCL Secure’s success in developing market leading security technology 
to pursue long-term widespread adoption of polymer banknotes; the Company’s expectations that Avery will have sustainable 
growth  in  its  direct-to-consumer  offering  including  incremental  acquisitions;  the  Company’s  expectation  that  Avery  will 
develop new products and have stable margins for its legacy OPG product group; Checkpoint’s capture of sales and profit 
growth  from  the  evolving  radio-frequency  identification  (“RFID”)  market  and  will  consider  complimentary  and  tuck-in 
business acquisitions; Innovia’s success in filling the capacity of its new manufacturing line in Mexico; and Innovia’s success 
at improving profitability at its pending Flexpol acquisition.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties 
relating to future events and conditions including, but not limited to, the impact of competition; consumer confidence and 
spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit 
availability; technological change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; 
and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements as 
the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited 
to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; improved customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s 
ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused 
strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate 
acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability 
to pass on polypropylene resin cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency 
exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. 
Should one or more risks materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially 
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this 
report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring 
or other special items announced or occurring after the statements are made may have on the business. Such statements do 
not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, 
acquisitions, other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after 
forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-recurring and other special items 
can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them and therefore cannot be described in a meaningful way 
in advance of knowing specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this MD&A and the Company does not assume any obligation 
to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc., its subsidiary companies 
and equity-accounted investments. 

Additional information relating to the Company, including the Company’s Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR at 
www.sedar.com or on the Company’s website www.cclind.com. 

7

2019 Annual Report 
1 .   C O R P O R AT E   OV E RV I E W

A)  The Company

The CCL Segment is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers in 
consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded and 
labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated and die 
cut  components,  electronic  displays,  polymer  banknote  substrate  and  other  complementary  products  and  services  are 
sold in parallel to specific end-use markets. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and 
software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary products sold 
through distributors, mass-market stores and e-commerce retailers. Checkpoint is a leading developer of RF and RFID-based 
technology systems for loss prevention and inventory management applications, including labeling and tagging solutions, 
for the retail and apparel industries worldwide. Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty, high performance, multi-
layer, surface engineered films for label, packaging and security applications. The Company partly backward integrates into 
materials science with capabilities in polymer extrusion, adhesive development, coating and lamination, surface engineering 
and metallurgy; deployed as needed across the four business segments. 

Founded  in  1951,  and  publicly  listed  under  its  current  name  since  1980,  the  Company’s  corporate  offices  are  located  in 
Toronto, Ontario, Canada, and Framingham, Massachusetts, United States, with a regional center for Asia Pacific in Singapore. 
The  corporate  offices  provide  executive  and  centralized  services  such  as  finance,  accounting,  internal  audit,  treasury, 
risk  management,  legal,  tax,  human  resources,  information  technology,  environmental,  health  and  safety  and  oversight 
of operations. The Company employs approximately 21,400 people in 183 production facilities located in North America, 
Latin America, Europe, Australia, Africa and Asia including equity investments in Russia operating six facilities, the Middle East 
operating five facilities and in the United States operating an aluminum slug facility. 

B)  Customers and Markets

The state of the global economy and geopolitical events can affect consumer demand and customers’ marketing and sales 
strategies to promote growth, including the introduction of new products. These factors directly influence the demand for 
the Company’s products. Growth expectations generally mirror the trends of each of the markets and product lines in which 
the Company’s customers compete and the growth of the economy in each geographic region. The Company attempts to 
gain market share in each market and category over time.

The label market is large and highly fragmented with many players but with no single competitor having the substantial 
operating  breadth  or  global  reach  of  the  Company.  Avery  has  a  dominant  market-leading  position  for  its  products  in 
North America, Europe and Australia. It also has a small presence in Latin America. Checkpoint has significant market positions 
in Europe, North America and Asia with smaller operations in Latin America. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers and apparel 
manufacturers and competes with other global retail labeling companies. Innovia operates plants in Europe, Mexico and 
Australia with distribution in the United States and Asia selling films to pressure sensitive label materials producers and 
converters, flexible packaging converters, consumer packaged goods companies and the security products industry.

C)  Strategy and Financial Targets

The Company’s strategy is to increase shareholder value through investment in organic growth and product innovations 
around the world, augmented by a global acquisition strategy. The Company builds on the strength of its people in marketing, 
manufacturing  and  product  development  and  nurtures  strong  relationships  with  its  international,  national  and  regional 
customers and suppliers. The Company anticipates increasing its market share in most product categories by capitalizing 
on market insights and the growth of its customers, and by following developments such as globalization, new product 
innovation, branding and consumer trends.

A key attribute of this strategy is maintaining focus and discipline. The CCL Segment aspires to be the market leader and the 
highest value-added producer in each customer sector and region in which it chooses to compete. The primary objective 
is to invest in growth globally both organically and by acquisition. Avery objectives align to its core competencies in label 
solutions centered on specialty, converted media that enables short-run digital printing in homes and small businesses; and 
increasingly using the direct-to-consumer channel, both organically and by acquisition. Checkpoint focuses on technology-
driven loss-prevention and inventory-management labeling for the retail and apparel industries. Innovia is a leading global 
producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene (“BOPP”) films for 
label, packaging and security applications. In July 2018, the Company acquired Treofan America Inc. and Trespaphan Mexico 
Holdings GmbH (“Treofan”) expanding the Innovia manufacturing footprint beyond Europe and Australia to North America. 
Innovia also provides significant depth and capability to develop proprietary films for label applications.

8

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)The Company’s financial strategy is to be fiscally prudent and conservative. The 2019 financial results delivered strong cash 
flow and a solid balance sheet after investing $40.4 million in acquisitions and $335.7 in net capital expenditures to execute 
the global growth initiatives. During good and difficult economic times, the Company has maintained high levels of cash 
on hand and unused lines of credit to reduce its financial risk and to provide flexibility when acquisition opportunities are 
available. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had $703.6 million of cash-on-hand with US$595.7 million of undrawn 
capacity on the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility.

The Company maintains a continuous focus on minimizing its investment in working capital in order to maximize cash flow 
in support of the growth in the business. In addition, capital expenditures are expected to be accretive to earnings and 
are selectively allocated toward the most attractive growth opportunities. The Company’s financial discipline and prudent 
allocation of capital have ensured sufficient available liquidity and a secure financial foundation for the long-term future.

A key financial target is return on equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, 
gains  on  business  dispositions  and  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments  (“ROE,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The Company continues to execute its strategy with a goal 
of achieving a comparable ROE level to its leading peers in specialty packaging. 2019 ROE of 17.8%, although still strong, 
was down due to substantial increases in the Company’s equity base, largely from retained earnings over the last five years 
compounded by a modest increase in adjusted net earnings for the last three years, partially offset by challenges at Innovia: 

Return on Equity 

2019 

17.8% 

2018 

20.0% 

2017 

24.0% 

2016 

23.5% 

2015 

21.1% 

2014

20.1%

Another metric used by the investment  community as a comparative measure is return on total capital before goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition 
accounting  adjustments  (“ROTC,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS  Measures”  in 
Section 5A). The chart below details performance since 2014. The Company targets delivering returns in excess of its cost of 
capital. ROTC of 10.8% for 2019 declined compared to 2018 due to the significant capital deployed for acquisitions and capital 
expenditures over the past three years with only a modest increase in adjusted net earnings for the same period: 

Return on Total Capital  

2019 

10.8% 

2018 

11.3% 

2017 

14.0% 

2016 

15.9% 

2015 

15.4% 

2014

14.1%

ROTC should increase as the Company deleverages its balance sheet and increases net earnings as Innovia’s performance 
improves. 

The long-term growth rate of adjusted basic earnings per Class B share (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators 
and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) is another important financial target. This measure excludes goodwill impairment 
loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments. Management believes that taking into account both the relatively stable overall demand for consumer staple and 
healthcare products globally and the continuing benefits from the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach, 
a positive growth rate in adjusted basic earnings per share is realistic under reasonable economic circumstances.

The Company has achieved significant growth in its annual adjusted basic and basic earnings per share since 2013:

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014

Adjusted Basic EPS  
  Growth Rate 

Basic EPS Growth Rate   

2.2% 

1.5% 

1.5% 

(2.2%) 

17.9% 

36.4% 

32.5% 

16.5% 

31.9% 

34.7% 

47.4%

107.6%

In 2019, adjusted basic earnings increased by 2.2% to $2.79 per Class B share. Improved profitability from the Avery and 
Innovia Segments, and reduced corporate costs largely offset reduced earnings for the CCL and Checkpoint Segments. The 
Company believes continuing growth in earnings per share is achievable in the future as initiatives in the Innovia Segment 
to improve earnings take hold, and the Company executes its global business strategies for the CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and 
Innovia Segments. 

9

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company will continue to focus on generating cash and effectively utilizing the cash flow generated by operations and 
divestitures. Earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill impairment loss, 
earnings  in  equity  accounted  investments,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments,  restructuring  and  other  items 
(“EBITDA,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A), is considered a 
good indicator of cash flow and is used by many financial institutions and investment advisors to measure operating results 
and for business valuations. As a key indicator of cash flow, EBITDA demonstrates the Company’s ability to incur or service 
existing debt, to invest in capital additions and to take advantage of organic growth opportunities and acquisitions that are 
accretive to earnings per share. Historically, the Company has experienced growth in EBITDA:

EBITDA 

% of sales 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

$  1,067.2 

$ 

995.3 

$  959.2 

$ 

792.7 

$ 

608.4 

$ 

20% 

19% 

20% 

20% 

20% 

2014

481.6

19%

In 2019, EBITDA increased by approximately 3.0% from 2018, excluding the impacts of negative foreign currency translation 
and IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), improving to 20% of sales. The Company’s EBITDA margins remain at the top end of the range 
of its peers. The Company expects growth in EBITDA in the future as global growth initiatives are implemented.

The framework supporting the above performance indicators is an appropriate level of financial leverage. Based on the 
dynamics within the specialty packaging industry and the risks that higher leverage may bring, the Company has a comfort 
level up to a target of approximately 3.5 times net debt to EBITDA with an appropriate deleveraging and liquidity profile to 
maintain its investment-grade ratings with Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global (“S&P”). As at December 31, 
2019, net debt (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) to EBITDA was 
1.61 times, 0.3 turns lower than the 1.91 times at December 31, 2018, reflecting increased EBITDA and a reduction in net debt. 
This leverage level is consistent with management’s conservative approach to financial risk and the Company’s ability to 
generate strong levels of free cash flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS 
Measures” in Section 5A). This leverage level also allows the Company the flexibility to quickly execute its acquisition growth 
strategy without significantly exposing its credit quality. 

The Board does not have a target dividend payout ratio (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS 
Measures” in Section 5A). However, the Company has paid dividends quarterly for over thirty years without an omission or 
reduction and has more than doubled the annualized rate since March 2015. The Board views this consistency and dividend 
growth as important factors in enhancing shareholder value. For 2019, the dividend payout ratio was 24% of adjusted earnings. 
This dividend payout ratio reflects the strong cash flows generated by the Company with only a modest increase in adjusted 
earnings in 2019 compared to the 2018. Therefore, after careful review of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and 
income for 2020, the Board has declared a 5.9% increase in the annual dividend: an increase of $0.01 per Class B share per 
quarter, from $0.17 to $0.18 per Class B share per quarter ($0.72 per Class B share annualized).

The Company believes that all of the above targets are mutually compatible and consequently should drive meaningful 
shareholder value over time.

The Company’s strategy and ability to grow to achieve attractive returns for its shareholders are shaped by key internal and 
external factors that are common to the businesses it operates. The key performance driver is the Company’s continuous 
focus on customer service, supported by its reputation for quality manufacturing, competitive price, product innovation, 
dependability, ethical business practices and financial stability.

The Company has always updated its financial strategies and performance against internal benchmarks without forsaking 
obligations  to  social,  environmental  and  governance  concerns.  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance  initiatives  are  in 
place to enhance the integration of social and environmental concerns into our business operations and interactions with 
stakeholders. CCL identified five pillars under this program that align with previous and existing CCL corporate initiatives: 
Sustainability, Ethics, Health & Safety, Innovation for Good, and Responsible Supply Chains.

10

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Sustainability: The Company is committed to helping its customers meet their targets while reducing the environmental 
impact of its manufacturing processes. In 2019, the Company invested in greenhouse gas tracking software that will 
support the monitoring and reporting of greenhouse gas emissions for its global operations. Another area of focus will be 
waste reduction, which will prioritize not only diverting waste currently being sent to landfill to recycling and incineration, 
but also on reducing costs by minimizing waste generation, and reusing or selling manufacturing by-products.

   Ethics: The Company maintains the Global Business Ethics Guide as its primary policy on ethical conduct and fair business 

practices for all of its employees. 

   Health & Safety: The health and safety of the Company’s employees around the world is a top priority. The Company’s 
current Environmental Health & Safety (“EHS”) policy and robust safety reporting programs have oversight from the Board 
of Directors and meet all statutory requirements of each local regime. 

   Innovation for Good: The Company’s divisional product innovation teams work directly with customers to create bespoke 
products that are directly applicable to their needs and market demand to be more socially responsible. For example, CCL 
Label created a line of products, including EcoStream, EcoSolve, and EcoSource, that help customers recycle single use 
packaging more effectively by facilitating easy removal of labels from plastic bottles. 

   Responsible  Supply  Chains:  The  Company  continues  to  work  with  its  supply  chain  partners  to  reduce  the  overall 
environmental and social impacts of its products including transportation, secondary packaging and material sourcing. 
In so doing, the Company has established near site distribution centres, developed innovative environmentally conscious 
products, and sourced environmentally and socially conscious materials. 

D)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

The Company is globally deployed with significant diversification across the world economy including emerging markets, a 
broad customer base, distinct product lines and many different currencies. 

The Company continues to deploy its cash flow from operations into its core Segments with both internal capital investments 
and strategic acquisitions. The following acquisitions were completed over the last two years:

•   In November 2019, the Company acquired Stuck On You Holdings Pty Ltd and Stuck on You Trading Pty Ltd (collectively 
“SOY”) based in Melbourne, Australia, for approximately $7.2 million, net of cash acquired. SOY is a direct-to-consumer 
online digital print business expanding Avery’s presence in personalized “kids’ labels” in Australasia.

•   In June 2019, the Company acquired Say it Personally Limited (“STS”), a privately owned company based near East Grinstead 
in the UK for approximately $0.4 million, net of cash acquired. STS is a manufacturer of durable, personalized garment tags 
for the UK market and expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online product offerings.

•   In May 2019, the Company acquired the shares of Colle a Moi Inc. (“CAM”), a privately owned company based in Quebec City, 
Canada, for approximately $3.1 million, net of cash acquired. CAM adds to Avery’s direct-to-consumer online digital print 
capabilities in personalized “kids’ labels.” 

•   In  April  2019,  the  Company  acquired  the  shares  of  Hinsitsu  Screen  (Vietnam)  Company  Limited  (“Hinsitsu”),  based  in 
Hanoi, Vietnam, for approximately $12.9 million, net of cash acquired. Hinsitsu is a leading supplier of durable and tamper 
evident labels and graphic overlays for the electronics industry in the ASEAN region and was added to CCL Design within 
the CCL Segment.

•   In January 2019, the Company acquired Olympic Holding B.V. and its related subsidiaries (“Olympic”), a privately owned 
company  based  in  Venray,  Netherlands,  for  approximately  $13.6  million,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Olympic  is  a  start-up 
technology company with a proprietary, patented process to produce high bond, acrylic foam tapes without the use of 
solvents for applications in the automotive, electronics and construction industries. Olympic was added to CCL Design 
within the CCL Segment.

•   In January 2019, the Company acquired Easy2Name Limited (“E2N”), a privately owned company based near Newbury, U.K., 
for approximately $2.5 million, net of cash acquired. E2N expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online digital print offering 
of durable, personalized “kids’ labels” to the U.K. market.

·   In December 2018, the Company acquired the assets of Unilogo, based near Warsaw, Poland, for approximately $10.7 million. 

Unilogo is a supplier of digitally printed, pressure sensitive and sleeve labels for consumer products customers. 

·   In July 2018, the Company acquired Treofan from their ultimate parent, M&C S.p.A., an Italian public company listed on the 
Milan stock exchange. Treofan, based in Zacapu, Mexico, is a leading producer of BOPP film for the North American market. 
The purchase price, net of cash acquired was approximately $307.6 million inclusive of $43.6 million of capital additions 
incurred between announcement date and closing date for the construction of its new film line. Treofan immediately 
commenced operating as Innovia Films.

11

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
·   In May 2018, the Company acquired the remaining 50.0% stake in the CCL-Korsini in-mould label joint venture in the United 
States from its partner for $3.1 million, net of cash acquired, and $6.7 million of assumed debt. As a result of the change 
in control, the financial results were no longer included as an equity investment but fully consolidated with CCL’s Food & 
Beverage business.

·   In  May  2018,  the  Company  acquired  Nortec  International  Inc.  (“Nortec”),  a  privately  owned  company  in  Israel  for 
approximately $8.8 million in net cash and assumed debt. Nortec is a manufacturer of high performance labels and marking 
systems for the high technology sector and was added to CCL Design within the CCL Segment.

·   In April 2018, the Company acquired Imprint Plus, a group of privately owned companies with common shareholders, based 
in Richmond, British Columbia, Canada for approximately $24.3 million, net of cash acquired. Imprint Plus expanded Avery’s 
printable media depth in custom name badge systems, signage systems and accessories in North America.

·   In January 2018, the Company acquired Fascia Graphics Ltd. (“Fascia”), a privately owned company in the United Kingdom, 
for approximately $9.3 million, net of cash acquired. Fascia is a manufacturer of graphic overlays, membrane-switch control 
panels  and  nameplates  for  large  European  OEM  customers  in  the  electronics  and  durables  sector  and  was  added  to 
CCL Design within the CCL Segment.

The acquisitions completed over the past few years, in conjunction with the building of new plants around the world, have 
positioned the CCL Segment as the global leader for labels in the personal care, healthcare, food and beverage, durables, 
security and specialty categories. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media, and software 
solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products. Checkpoint 
has added technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, including RF and RFID-based, 
to the retail and apparel industry. Innovia provides vertical integration driving the Company deeper into polymer sciences, 
enhancing the development of propriety products for its customers.

E)  Subsequent Events

Prior to the release of the 2019 annual financial statements, the Company announced:

•   In January 2020, the Company signed a binding agreement to acquire Flexpol Sp. Z.o.o., a Polish BOPP film producer, for an 
estimated $22.0 million on a debt/cash free basis. Closing is expected during the first quarter of 2020 following regulatory 
approvals.

•   In January 2020, the Company acquired the shares of I.D.&C. World Holding LTD (“ID&C”), a global leader in live event 

badges and wrist badges with operations the UK and US for an estimated $37.0 million, net of cash acquired.

•   In January 2020, the Company acquired the shares of IDentalam Ltd., a designer and developer of software solutions for 

event badging and identification cards in the UK for an estimated $3.0 million, net of cash acquired.

•   In January 2020, the Company acquired the shares of Etiquetaje Industrial S.L.U. and Eti-Textil Maroc S.a.r.l. AU (“Eti-Textil”) 
an apparel label producing with operations in Spain and Morocco for an estimated $19.6 million, net of cash acquired.

•   In February 2020, the Company acquired the shares of Clinical Systems, Inc. (“CSI”) a specialized provider of labels and 
patient information booklets to the clinical trials industry in the U.S. for an estimated $19.4 million, net of cash acquired.

•   In February 2020, the Company acquired the remaining 50.0% stake in Rheinfelden America aluminum slug venture in the 
U.S. from its partner for a nominal sum and will assume the $22.3 million of debt previously held in the venture. As a result 
of the change in control, the financial results will no longer be included as an equity investment but fully consolidated with 
CCL Container within the CCL Segment.

12

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)F)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

Selected Financial Information

Results of Consolidated Operations

Sales  
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Earnings in equity accounted investments   
Net finance cost 
Restructuring and other items – net loss 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 

Dividends per Class B share 

Total assets 

Total non-current liabilities 

Comments on Consolidated Results

2019 

5,321.3 
3,809.1 

1,512.2 
774.6 

737.6 
5.4 
(81.0) 
(25.0) 

637.0 
159.9 

477.1 

2.68 

2.66 

2.79 

0.68 

7,038.0 

2,992.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

5,161.5 
3,662.7 

1,498.8 
785.8 

713.0 
5.3 
(80.7) 
(14.8) 

622.8 
156.0 

466.8 

2.64 

2.61 

2.73 

0.52 

7,027.6 

3,007.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017

4,755.7
3,319.4

1,436.3
 751.5

684.8
3.7
(75.2)
(11.3)

602.0
127.9

474.1

2.70

2.66

2.69

0.46

6,144.0

2,686.4

Sales  were  a  record  $5,321.3  million  in  2019,  an  increase  of  3.1%  compared  to  $5,161.5  million  recorded  in  2018.  This 
improvement in sales can be attributed to acquisition growth of 2.7%, augmented by organic growth of 0.7% partly offset by 
a negative 0.3% impact from foreign currency translation.

Consistent with 2018, approximately 97.5% of the Company’s 2019 sales to end-use customers are denominated in foreign 
currencies. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on sales and profitability when 
translated into Canadian dollars for public reporting. The appreciation of the U.S. dollar, Mexican peso, and Thai baht by 2.4%, 
2.2 %, and 6.6%, respectively, was offset by a 2.9%, 2.0%, 5.5% and 2.0% depreciation of the euro, U.K. pound, Brazilian real 
and Chinese renminbi, relative to the Canadian dollar in 2019 compared to average exchange rates in 2018. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $774.6 million for 2019, compared to $785.8 million reported in 
2018. The decrease in SG&A expenses in 2019 relate primarily to a reduction in corporate expenses. Corporate expenses for 
2019 declined to $49.7 million, compared to $62.7 million for 2018 due entirely to reduced long-term variable compensation 
expenses on diminished profitability improvement in the first year of the new three-year cumulative plan. 

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) for 2019 
was $787.3 million, an increase of 1.5% compared to $775.7 million for 2018. Operating income in 2018 included $4.3 million 
non-cash accounting adjustments to fair value the acquired inventories of Treofan expensed through cost of sales, thus 
operating income improved 0.9%. Foreign currency translation was a 0.3% negative impact to consolidated operating income 
for 2019 compared to 2018. The Avery and Innovia Segments each increased operating income while the CCL and Checkpoint 
Segments posted declines, compared to 2018. Further details on the business segments follow later in this report.

EBITDA in 2019 was $1,067.2 million, an improvement of 7.2% compared to $995.3 million recorded in 2018. Foreign currency 
translation had a negative impact of 0.4%, more than offset by a 4.6% positive impact from the adoption of IFRS 16. Excluding 
the impact of foreign currency translation and IFRS 16, EBITDA increased by 3.0% over the prior year.

Net finance cost was $81.0 million for 2019, compared to $80.7 million for 2018. Excluding the lease liabilities interest, net 
finance cost decreased by 7.4% due to a lower average interest rate. The increase in net finance cost for, 2019 was attributable 
to the adoption of IFRS 16, which resulted in additional interest expense from lease liabilities of $6.3 million.

13

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the full year 2019, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $25.0 million ($19.9 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $11.1 million ($9.3 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
for Innovia, Checkpoint’s European operations and similar expenses in the CCL Segment due to slowing demand in the 
fourth quarter.

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $0.6 million ($0.6 million after tax), for the six acquisitions closed in 2019.

•   Other expenses of $13.3 million ($10.0 million after tax), related to the settlement of a lawsuit attributable to practices 

employed by the pre-acquisition management of Checkpoint.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2019 was $0.11 per Class B share.

For the full year 2018, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $14.8 million ($12.6 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $7.8 million ($6.3 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for 

Checkpoint and Avery European operations.

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $3.7 million ($3.6 million after tax), primarily for the Treofan acquisition.

•   Other expenses of $3.3 million ($2.7 million after tax), predominantly related to actuarial pension obligations at Innovia and 
legacy CCL U.K. operations. This non-cash expense is the result of a milestone legal judgement equalizing certain historic 
guaranteed minimum obligations for all U.K. defined benefit pension schemes. 

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2018 was $0.07 per Class B share.

In 2019 and 2018, the consolidated effective tax rate was 25.3, excluding earnings in equity-accounted investments. The 
combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate was 25.8% for 2019 (2018 – 25.8%). 

Over 97% of the Company’s sales are from products sold to customers outside of Canada, and the income from these foreign 
operations is subject to varying rates of taxation. The Company’s effective tax rate is also affected from year to year due to 
the level of income in the various countries, recognition or reversal of tax losses, tax reassessments and income and expense 
items not subject to tax. 

Net earnings for 2019 were $477.1 million, compared to $466.8 million recorded in 2018 due to the items described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $2.68 for 2019 versus the $2.64 recorded for 2018. Diluted earnings per Class B share 
were $2.66 for 2019 and $2.61 for 2018. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2019 compared to 2018 had a 
negative positive impact on the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.01 per Class B share. The diluted weighted 
average number of shares was 179.1 million for 2019, compared to 178.7 million for 2018. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 11.8 million Class A voting shares and 166.8 million Class B non-voting shares 
issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company had outstanding stock options to purchase 3.0 million Class B non-voting 
shares and 0.2 million deferred share units (DSU”) outstanding to issue 0.2 million Class B non-voting shares. During the year 
the Company introduced a performance stock unit (“PSU”) plan. Under the PSU plan, 1.5 million Class B non-voting shares 
could be awarded to participants at the end of the three-year cycle provided the financial performance criteria have been 
achieved and the participants are still employed by the Company. This PSU plan needs be approved at the annual and special 
shareholder meeting of the Company to be held on May 14, 2020. Since December 31, 2019, there has been no change in 
the number of outstanding Class A voting shares, Class B non-voting shares, stock options, DSUs or prospective PSUs to 
be issued.

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share was $2.79 for 2019, up 2.2% from $2.73 in 2018.

The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2019 versus 2018 had an estimated negative translation impact of $0.01 
on adjusted basic earnings per Class B share. This estimated foreign currency impact reflects the currency translation in all 
foreign operations.

14

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)G)   Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

2019 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales 

Segment operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity accounted investments    

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited  
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

851.1 
157.6 
173.5 
149.9 

1,332.1 

142.0 
27.9  
20.3 
14.7 

204.9 
14.3 
1.4 
(1.1) 

190.3 
22.0 

168.3 
44.6 

123.7 

0.70 

0.69 

0.71 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

831.5 
203.3 
177.3 
142.1  

1,354.2 

117.0 
45.3 
23.1 
13.3 

198.7 
14.7 
2.1 
(1.2)  

183.1 
20.6 

162.5 
41.2 

121.3 

0.68 

0.68 

0.69 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

831.2 
207.6 
180.5  
137.8 

1,357.1 

127.2 
48.4 
28.0 
6.2 

209.8 
18.1 
1.7 
(1.1) 

191.1 
19.5 

171.6 
43.9 

127.7 

0.71 

0.71 

0.72 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

787.1 
170.5 
192.8 
127.5 

1,277.9 

108.1 
34.9 
25.0 
5.9 

173.9 
2.6 
19.8 
(2.0) 

153.5 
18.9 

134.6 
30.2 

104.4 

0.59 

 0.58 

 0.67 

Year

3,300.9
739.0
724.1 
557.3

5,321.3

494.3
156.5
96.4
40.1

787.3
49.7
25.0
(5.4)

718.0
81.0

637.0
159.9

477.1

2.68

 2.66

 2.79

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results (continued)

2018 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales 

Segment operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity accounted investments    

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Fourth Quarter Results

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited  
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

807.7 
146.3 
177.4 
95.7 

1,227.1 

146.3 
24.0  
22.8 
7.5 

200.6 
19.1 
3.3 
(0.9) 

179.1 
19.0 

160.1 
41.4 

118.7 

0.67 

0.66 

0.69 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

804.1 
194.0 
177.5 
88.8  

1,264.4 

127.3 
44.6 
27.6 
0.1 

199.6 
13.0 
3.6 
(0.2)  

183.2 
20.8 

162.4 
41.3 

121.1 

0.69 

0.68 

0.70 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

816.1 
198.5 
168.8  
153.8 

1,337.2 

117.6 
40.9 
25.5 
2.3 

186.3 
14.3 
1.3 
(1.5) 

172.2 
21.1 

151.1 
38.3 

112.8 

0.63 

0.63 

0.66 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

827.2 
173.1 
189.2 
143.3 

1,332.8 

120.1 
36.0 
25.4 
7.7 

189.2 
16.3 
6.6 
(2.7) 

169.0 
19.8 

149.2 
35.0 

114.2 

0.65 

 0.64 

 0.68 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year

3,255.1
711.9
712.9
481.6

5,161.5

511.3
145.5
101.3
17.6

775.7
62.7
14.8
(5.3)

703.5
80.7

622.8
156.0

466.8

2.64

 2.61

 2.73

Sales for the fourth quarter of 2019 declined 4.1% to $1,277.9 million, compared to $1,332.8 million recorded in the 2018 fourth 
quarter. Excluding foreign currency translation, sales for the fourth quarter of 2019 decreased by 2.9% compared to the 2018 
fourth quarter. This decrease was due to 3.4% organic sales decline offset by 0.5% positive impact from acquisitions. The 
Checkpoint Segment posted sales growth of 3.6% excluding the impact of currency translation, completely driven by strength 
in its MAS business but was more than offset by reduced sales at the CCL, Avery and Innovia Segments. CCL Design posted 
solid sales gains for the quarter but organic declines across the other vertical markets predominantly in North America and 
Europe summed to an overall organic sales decline for the CCL Segment. Avery’s direct-to consumer products continued to 
grow double-digit, but legacy product lines offset with seasonally slower demand compared to the fourth quarter of 2018. 
For 2019 fourth quarter, Innovia results declined on soft end markets and share loss in commodity films compared to 2018.

Operating income in the fourth quarter of 2019 was $173.9 million, compared to $189.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2018. For 
the fourth quarter of 2019, all four Segments for the Company posted declines in operating income. Within the CCL Segment, 
CCL  Design’s  improved  profitability,  principally  driven  by  gains  in  electronics  markets,  offset  lower  results  at  CCL  Label 
and CCL Secure. Regionally, operating income improvement in emerging markets did not offset reduced profitability in 
the developed world. Avery’s direct-to-consumer businesses improved profitability significantly for the quarter but volume 
declines in legacy product lines resulted in reduced operating income overall. Checkpoint’s operating income would have 
been flat to the prior year fourth quarter if not for the impact of foreign currency translation. Return on sales (“Return on 
Sales,” a non-IFRS financial measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was still solid 
for Avery and Checkpoint at 20.5% and 13.0%, respectively. Innovia generated operating income of $5.9 million for the 2019 
fourth quarter compared to $7.7 million in the prior year quarter. The 2019 fourth quarter results included a $9.6 million 
pension curtailment gain in the U.K. attributable to management’s decision to close the inherited defined benefit pension 
scheme completely offset by significantly reduced volumes in commodity films.

16

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate expenses were $2.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2019, compared to $16.3 million recorded in the prior-year 
period. The decrease is attributable to a reduction in long-term variable compensation expense resulting from the 2019 annual 
financial results falling below target payout levels. 

EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2019 was $254.7 million, up 4.3% compared to the $244.2 million for the 2018 comparable 
period. EBITDA improved $11.6 million due to the adoption of IFRS 16 and $13.7 million due to the aforementioned reduction 
in corporate expenses.

Net finance cost was $18.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to $19.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2018. 
A lower average interest rate for the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to the fourth quarter of 2018 resulted in a reduction 
of comparative net finance costs. Partially offsetting this net finance cost reduction was $1.4 million of additional interest 
expense from lease liabilities associated with the adoption of IFRS 16.

For the fourth quarter of 2019, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $19.8 million ($15.3 million 
income after tax) as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $6.4 million ($5.2 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for 
Checkpoint’s European operations and similar expenses in the CCL Segment due to slowing demand in the fourth quarter.

•   Other expenses of $13.3 million ($10.0 million after tax), related to the settlement of a lawsuit attributable to practices 

employed by the pre-acquisition management of Checkpoint.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2019 fourth quarter was $0.08 per Class B share. 

For the fourth quarter of 2018, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $6.6 million ($5.4 million income 
after tax) as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $2.3 million ($1.8 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for 

Checkpoint and Avery European operations.

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $1.0 million ($0.9 million after tax), primarily for the Treofan acquisition.

•   Other expenses of $3.3 million ($2.7 million after tax), predominantly related to actuarial pension obligations at Innovia and 
legacy CCL U.K. operations. This non-cash expense is the result of a milestone legal judgement equalizing certain historic 
guaranteed minimum obligations for all U.K. defined benefit pension schemes. 

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2018 fourth quarter was $0.03 per Class B share. 

Tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2019 was $30.2 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 22.8% compared to $35.0 million 
and an effective tax rate of 23.9% in the prior-year period. The fourth quarter 2019 tax expense was attributable to a reduction 
of taxable income in higher taxed jurisdictions.

Net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2019 were $104.4 million, compared to net earnings of $114.2 million in last year’s fourth 
quarter. This decrease reflects the items described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $0.59 in the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to $0.65 in the fourth quarter of 2018. 
The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to 2018 had no impact. 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share were $0.67 for the fourth quarter of 2019, compared to $0.68 in the corresponding 
quarter of 2018.

Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results

For the CCL and Innovia Segments the first and second quarters are generally the strongest due to the number of work days 
and various customer-related activities. Also, there are many products that have a spring-summer bias in North America 
and Europe such as agricultural chemicals and certain beverage products, which generate additional sales volumes for the 
Company in the first half of the year. The polymer banknote business within the CCL Segment experiences intra-quarter 
variations in sales influenced by Central Banks’ re-order volatility. For Avery, the third quarter has historically been its strongest, 
as it benefits from increased demand related to back-to-school activities in North America, although the impact has been 
diminishing over the previous two years. For the Checkpoint Segment, the second half of the calendar year is healthier as the 
business substantially follows the retail cycle of its customers, which traditionally experiences more consumer activity from 
September through to the end of the year and prepares for the same in its supply chain from mid-year on. The final quarter 
of the year is negatively affected from a sales perspective in the northern hemisphere by Thanksgiving and globally by the 
Christmas and New Year holiday season shutdowns.

17

2019 Annual ReportSales and net earnings comparability between the quarters of 2019 and 2018 were primarily affected by regional economic 
variances, the impact of foreign currency changes relative to the Canadian dollar, the timing of acquisitions, the effect of 
restructuring, the impact of Central Bank reorder patterns, tax adjustments and other items. In particular, for the fourth quarter 
of 2019, reduced order volume in North American and European industrial markets, due to year-end inventory tightening by 
the Company’s customer base impacted the CCL and Innovia Segments.

The third quarter back-to-school intensity in North America, was better than 2018, although it is expected to be more muted 
in the future due to secular declines in low-margin ring binder sales and the expansion of the Segment into other digital 
direct-to-consumer business that do not have this seasonal bias evolve. Return on sales for the fourth quarter and 2019 in the 
Avery Segment was in excess of 20.0% and the highest amongst all of the Company’s segments. 

Checkpoint’s reoccurring revenues for the 2019 year were consistent with the most active months in the annual retail cycle. 
However, year-over-year comparative quarterly results can be influenced by large chain-wide customer driven hardware 
installations that strengthen future reoccurring label revenues for the Segment.

2 .   B U S I N E S S   S E G M E N T   R E V I E W

A)  General

Over the last decade, all divisions invested significant capital and management effort to develop world-class manufacturing 
operations,  with  spending  allocated  to  geographic  expansion,  cost-reduction  projects,  the  development  of  innovative 
products and processes, the maintenance and expansion of existing capacity and the continuous improvement in health 
and  safety  in  the  workplace,  including  environmental  management.  The  Company  also  makes  strategic  acquisitions  for 
global competitive advantage, servicing large customers, taking advantage of new geographic markets, finding adjacent and 
new product opportunities, adding new customer segments, building infrastructure and improving operating performance. 
The Avery and Checkpoint Segments and the CCL Design business within the CCL Segment are less capital intensive as a 
percentage of sales than the Company’s other businesses. Further discussion on capital spending is provided in the individual 
Segment discussion sections below.

Although  each  Segment  is  a  leader  in  market  share  or  has  a  significant  position  in  the  markets  it  serves  in  each  of  its 
operating locales, it also operates generally in a mature and competitive environment. In recent years, consumer products 
and healthcare companies have experienced steady pressure to maintain or even reduce prices to their major retail and 
distribution channels, which has driven significant consolidation in the Company’s customer base. This has resulted in many 
customers seeking supply-chain efficiencies and cost savings in order to maintain profit margins. Volatile commodity costs 
have also created challenges to manage pricing with customers. These dynamics have been an ongoing challenge for the 
Company and its competitors, requiring greater management and financial control and flexible cost structures. Unlike some 
of its competitors, the Company has the financial strength to invest in the equipment and innovation necessary to constantly 
strive to be the highest value-added producer in the markets that it serves. 

The cost of many of the key raw material inputs for the Company, such as plastic films and resins, paper, specialty chemicals 
and aluminum, are largely dependent on the supply and demand economics within the petrochemical, energy and base 
metals industries. The Checkpoint Segment purchases component parts including circuit boards, memory chips and other 
electronic modules from third parties. The significant cost fluctuations for these inputs can have an impact on the Company’s 
profitability. The Company generally has the ability, due to its size and the use of long-term contracts with both suppliers and 
customers, to mitigate volatility in purchased costs and, where necessary, to pass these on to the market in higher product 
prices. However, the Innovia Segment can experience delays in price adjustments up or down to customers due to the nature 
of its respective relationships and contracts. Innovia’s pricing mechanisms are much more complex with multiple indices for 
polypropylene used by customers and suppliers, and differing terms in contracts when trigger points are arrived at for price 
changes. Significant progress on renegotiating customer contracts to mitigate the impact of volatile input costs was made 
in 2019. However, this will be a multi-year initiative to evolve customer contracts to have efficient pass-through mechanisms 
with appropriate margins. The success of the Company is dependent on each business managing the cost-and-price equation 
with suppliers and customers. 

A driver common to all Segments for maximizing operating profitability is the discipline of pricing contracts based on size 
and complexity, including consideration for fluctuations in raw materials and packaging costs, manufacturing run lengths and 
available capacity. This approach facilitates effective asset utilization and relatively higher levels of profitability. Performance is 
generally measured by product against estimates used to calculate pricing, including targets for scrap and output efficiency. 
An analysis of total utilization versus capacity available per production line or facility is also used to manage certain divisions 
of the business. In most of the Company’s operations, the measurement of each sales order shipped is based on actual 
selling prices and production costs to calculate the amount of actual profit margin earned and its return on sales relative to 
the established benchmarks. This process ensures that pricing policies and production performance are aligned in attaining 
profit margin targets by order, by plant and by division.

18

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Management believes it has both the financial and non-financial resources, internal controls and reporting systems and 
processes in place to execute its strategic plan, to manage its key performance drivers and to deliver targeted financial results 
over time. In addition, the Company’s internal audit function provides another discipline to ensure that its disclosure controls 
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will be assessed on a regular basis against current corporate 
standards of effectiveness and compliance.

The Company is not particularly dependent upon specialized manufacturing equipment. Most of the technology employed 
by the divisions can be sourced from multiple suppliers. The Company, however, has the resources to invest in large-scale 
projects to build infrastructure in current and new markets because of its financial strength relative to that of many of its 
competitors. Direct competitors in the CCL Segment are often smaller and may not have the financial resources to stay 
current in maintaining state-of-the-art facilities. Certain new manufacturing lines take many months for suppliers to construct, 
and any delays in delivery and commissioning can have an impact on customer expectations and the Company’s profitability. 
The Innovia Segment, in addition to its unique method for producing BOPP for label and packaging applications, also provides 
the Company with the know-how and material science capability in proprietary non-commodity-oriented activities. Finally, the 
Company also uses strategic partnerships as a method of obtaining exclusive technology in order to support growth plans 
and to expand its product offerings. The Company’s major competitive advantage is based on its strong customer service, 
process technology, the know-how of its people, market-leading brand awareness and loyalty, and the ability to develop 
proprietary technologies and manufacturing techniques. 

The expertise of the Company’s employees is a key element in achieving the Company’s business plans. This know-how is 
broadly distributed throughout the world; therefore, the Company is generally not at risk of losing its competency through 
the loss of any particular employee or group of employees. Employee skills are constantly being developed through on-the-
job training and external technical education, and are enhanced by the Company’s entrepreneurial culture of considering 
creative alternative applications and processes for its products. 

The nature of the research carried out by the CCL Segment can be characterized as application or process development. The 
Company spends meaningful resources on assisting customers to develop new and innovative products. While customers 
regularly come to CCL with concepts and request assistance to develop products, the Company also takes its own new ideas 
to the market. Proprietary information is protected through the use of confidentiality agreements and by limiting access to 
CCL’s manufacturing facilities. The Company values the importance of protecting its customers’ brands and products from 
fraudulent use and, consequently, is selective in choosing appropriate customer and supplier relationships.

Avery  has  a  strong  commitment  to  understanding  its  ultimate  end  users,  actively  seeking  product  feedback  and  using 
consumer focus groups to drive product development initiatives. Furthermore, it leverages the CCL Segment’s applications 
and technology to deliver product innovation that aligns with consumer printable media trends. Avery has also invested in 
many direct-to-consumer businesses globally and, encourages the cross-pollination of unique products and best practices.

Checkpoint has always been an innovator for its industry with a strong dedication to research and development activities. 
It was the pioneer of RF electronic-article-surveillance hardware and consumables. Checkpoint has made further advances 
with the active enhancement and deployment of RFID solutions, including inventory management software, to the retail and 
apparel industry.

Innovia maintains a world-class research and development centre specifically dedicated to the support of films for label and 
packaging applications. The new discoveries and product enhancements generated from this centre are deployed globally, 
sometimes benefitting downstream businesses such as CCL Secure and CCL Label. 

The Company continues to invest time and capital to upgrade and expand its information technology systems. This investment 
is critical to keeping pace with customer requirements and in gaining or maintaining a competitive edge. Software packages 
are,  in  general,  off-the-shelf  systems  customized  to  meet  the  needs  of  individual  business  locations.  The  CCL,  Avery, 
Checkpoint and Innovia Segments communicate with many customers and suppliers electronically, particularly with regard 
to supply-chain-management solutions and when transferring and confirming design formats and colours. A core attribute 
of Avery’s printable media products is the customized software to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes. 
Avery recognizes that it is critical to develop its software solutions to maintain its market-leading position with consumers. 
Avery launched WePrint™, expanding its direct-to-consumer software solutions and acquired Nilles’, PCN’s, Mabel’s, GGW’s, 
Badgepoint’s, Imprint Plus’s, E2N, CAM, STS, SOY’s e-commerce platforms to leverage acquired digital print software into the 
pre-existing Avery suite.

Within the Avery Segment, most products are sold under the market-leading “Avery” brand and, with equal prominence in 
German-speaking countries, the “Zweckform” brand name. Within the Checkpoint Segment, products are predominantly 
sold under the Checkpoint brand and, for retail merchandising products in Europe and Asia Pacific, the Meto brand. The 
Company recognizes that in order to maintain the pre-eminent positions for Avery, Zweckform, Checkpoint and Meto, it must 
continually invest in promoting these brands. Product quality, innovation and performance are recognized attributes to the 
success of these brands. 

19

2019 Annual ReportThe Company has deployed many initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint of its products and services to ensure the business 
is sustainable. These include collaborative logistic partnerships with customers and suppliers to reduce the usage of wooden 
pallets and corrugated boxes, and new products that help customers reduce their own carbon footprint such as CCL’s Super 
Stretch Sleeves that decorate PET beverage containers without adhesive or energy and patented “wash off” labels for reusable 
bottles, which lowers the impact of glass going to landfill. The Company’s greenfield sites are designed and constructed to 
specific standards to reduce their carbon footprint and some sites have adopted the use of solar power to run their facilities. 

Business Segment Results

Segment sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales  

Operating income*
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Operating income 

2019 

2018

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,300.9 
739.0 
724.1 
557.3 

5,321.3 

494.3 
156.5 
96.4 
40.1 

787.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,255.1
711.9
712.9
481.6

5,161.5

511.3
145.5
101.3
17.6

775.7

* This is a non-IFRS measure. Refer to “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

Comments on Business Segments 

The above summary includes the results of acquisitions on reported sales and operating income from the date of acquisition.

B)  CCL Segment

Overview 

There are five customer sectors inside the CCL Segment. The Company trades in three of them as CCL Label and one each 
as CCL Design and CCL Secure. The differentiated CCL sub branding, points to the nature of the application for the final 
product. The sectors have many common or overlapping customers, process technologies, information technology systems, 
raw material suppliers and operational infrastructures. CCL Label supplies innovative specialized label, plastic tube, aluminum 
aerosol and specialty bottle solutions to Home & Personal Care and Food & Beverage companies, plus regulated and complex 
multi-layer labels for major pharmaceutical, consumer medicine, medical instrument and industrial or consumer chemical 
customers referred to as the Healthcare & Specialty business. CCL Design supplies long-life, high performance labels and 
other products to automotive, electronics and durable goods companies. CCL Secure supplies polymer banknote substrate, 
pressure sensitive stamps, passport components, ID cards and other security documents to government institutions. 

The Segment’s product lines include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, stretch sleeves, in-mould labels, precision 
printed and die cut metal, glass and plastic components, expanded content labels, pharmaceutical instructional leaflets, 
graphic security features, extruded or labeled plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols or specialty bottles and printed polymer 
security film substrates. It currently operates 137 production facilities located in Canada, the United States (including Puerto 
Rico), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, 
Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Oman, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, 
South Africa, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and Vietnam. The six plants in Russia, 
six plants in the Middle East, and one plant in the United States are connected to the equity investments in CCL-Kontur, 
Pacman-CCL and Rheinfelden Americas Inc., respectively, and are included in the above locations.

This Segment’s industry is made up of a very large number of competitors that manufacture a vast array of decorative, product 
information, identification and security label-type applications. The Company believes that CCL is the largest consolidated 
operator in most of its defined global market sectors. Competition largely comes from single-plant businesses, often owned 
by private operators who compete in local markets with the Segment. There are also a few multi-plant competitors in certain 
regions of the world and specialists in a single market segment globally. However, there is no major competitor that has the 
product breadth, global reach and scale of the CCL Segment. 

20

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has completed numerous label acquisitions, strategic joint ventures and greenfield start-ups geographically 
and added new product offerings to position CCL Label as a global leader in the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage and 
Healthcare & Specialty end markets. CCL Design is an equally significant financial and geographic market for the CCL Segment, 
principally focused on the automotive and electronics markets. The high-security, specialized polymer banknote operations 
included in the Innovia acquisition form an integral part of CCL Secure. 

CCL produces labels predominantly from polyolefin films and paper partly sourced from extruding, coating and laminating 
companies, using raw materials primarily from the petrochemical and paper industries. CCL also coats and laminates pressure 
sensitive materials and is generally able to mitigate the cost volatility of third-party-sourced materials due to a combination 
of purchasing leverage, agreements with suppliers and its ability to pass on these cost increases to customers. In the label 
industry, price changes regularly occur as specifications are constantly changed by the marketers and, as a result, the selling 
price of these labels is updated, reflecting current market costs and new shapes and designs. 

CCL’s global customers are requiring more of their suppliers, expecting a full range of product offerings in more geographic 
regions, further integration into their supply-chain at a global level and protection of their brands, particularly in markets where 
counterfeiting is rife. These requirements put many of the Segment’s competitors at a disadvantage, as do the investment 
hurdles in converting equipment and technologies to deliver products, services and innovations. Trusted and reliable suppliers 
are important considerations for global consumer product companies, major pharmaceutical companies and OEMs in the 
durable goods business and, of course, Central Banks. This is even more important in an uncertain economic environment 
when many smaller competitors encounter difficulties and customers want to ensure their suppliers are financially viable.

CCL considers customers’ demand levels, particularly in North America and Western Europe, to be reasonably mature and, as 
such, will continue to focus its expansion plans on innovative and higher growth product lines within those geographies with 
a view to improving overall profitability. In Asia, Latin America and other emerging markets, a higher level of economic growth 
is still expected over the coming years, despite the slower conditions experienced in the past few years. This should provide 
opportunities for the Segment to improve market share and increase profitability in these regions. Furthermore, there is close 
alignment of label demand to consumer staples other than CCL Design and CCL Secure, which are completely aligned to the 
automotive and electronics industries and government institutions and Central Banks, respectively. Management believes 
the Segment will attain the sales volumes, geographic distribution and reach mirroring those of its customers over the next 
few years through its focused strategy and by capitalizing on following customer trends. 

CCL Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income 
Return on sales 

2019 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

3,300.9 
494.3 
15.0% 

1.4% 
$ 
(3.3%)  $ 

2018

3,255.1
511.3
15.7%

Sales in the CCL Segment for 2019 increased 1.4% to $3,300.9 million, compared to $3,255.1 million in 2018, driven by organic 
growth of 1.1%, 0.7% from acquisition related growth, partially offset by 0.4% negative impact from foreign currency translation.

Sales in 2019 for North America were up slightly excluding the impact of currency translation compared to 2018. Home 
& Personal Care sales improved on solid demand in labels, but profitability declined on unusually slow aluminum aerosol 
sales as customers built inventory in 2018. Healthcare & Specialty sales were down, with good profitability improvements 
in Specialty markets offset by declines in Healthcare, particularly in Canada. Food & Beverage posted sales gains in all end-
markets, with substantial profitability advancement in Sleeves. CCL Design posted reduced sales due to slower automotive 
demand but improved profitability due to solid electronics and laminates end-markets. CCL Secure, principally stamps and 
security products, significantly increased sales and profitability over 2018. Overall profitability and return on sales declined 
due to lower Healthcare & Specialty and aluminum aerosol results. 

European sales were up low-single digit for 2019, excluding currency translation compared to 2018. Home & Personal Care 
sales  increased  due  to  the  Unilogo  acquisition;  however,  incremental  profitability  only  offset  lower  results  from  legacy 
operations especially in Germany. Healthcare & Specialty sales increased but profitability improvements in Germany were 
more than offset by soft results for the UK and Scandinavia. Food & Beverage recorded improved sales but profits fell on 
lower growth rates, competitive pressures and inefficiencies from strained capacity. Sales gains in electronics for CCL Design 
offset reduced profitability in industrial and automotive markets. CCL Secure sales and profitability increased significantly on 
a large new currency denomination, compared to 2018. Overall, European operating income, excluding currency translation 
fell slightly compared to 2018.

21

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales  in  Latin America  excluding  currency  translation  increased  low  single  digit  for  2019  compared  to  2018.  Sales  and 
profitability in Mexico increased at CCL Label, CCL Design Electronics and CCL Secure. However, sales for aluminum aerosols 
and  slow  volume  build  for  a  new  automotive  plant  at  CCL  Design  reduced  overall  profitability.  Sales  in  Brazil  declined, 
especially to Home & Personal Care and Food & Beverage customers significantly reducing overall profitability; strong results 
for Sleeves, Healthcare & Specialty and CCL Design partly compensated. Argentina and Chile posted reduced sales and 
profitability on operational issues at the latter and a difficult foreign exchange environment at the former. Excluding currency 
translation, underlying operating income overall decreased and return on sales declined.

Asia Pacific sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation for 2019 were flat compared to 2018. Sales and profits in 
China increased significantly, as strong improvement at CCL Design in electronics augmented a solid base at CCL Label. The 
ASEAN region had a good year in Vietnam augmented by an acquisition and gains in the Philippines, but more than offset by 
lower sales and significantly reduced profitability in Thailand. Australian sales declined but profitability increased significantly 
on improvement in Healthcare and very good results at CCL Secure. The new Wine label plant in New Zealand increased sales 
and reduced start-up losses. For the Asia Pacific Region operating income increased and return on sales improved.

Operating income for the CCL Segment declined by 3.3% to $494.3 million for 2019 compared to $511.3 million for 2018. 
Foreign currency translation had a negative effect of 0.3% on 2019 operating income compared to 2018. Operating income 
as a percentage of sales was 15.0% in 2019 compared to the 15.7% return generated in the prior year. 

The  CCL  Segment  invested  $272.7  million  in  capital  spending  in  2019  compared  to  $280.0  million  last  year.  The  major 
expenditures were for equipment installations to support capacity additions for the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage 
and Healthcare & Specialty businesses globally. Depreciation and amortization for the CCL Segment was $200.3 million in 
2019, compared to $194.9 million in 2018.

C)  Avery Segment

Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital 
printing  in  businesses  and  homes  alongside  complementary  office  products  sold  through  distributors  and  mass-market 
retailers.  The  products  are  split  into  three  primary  lines:  (1)  Printable  Media:  including  address  labels,  shipping  labels, 
marketing and product identification labels, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software solutions; 
(2) Organizational Products Group: (“OPG”), including binders, sheet protectors, indexes, dividers and writing instruments 
and, (3) Direct-to-Consumer: digitally imaged media including labels, business cards, name badges, and family-oriented 
identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs. The majority of products in the Printable Media and 
Direct-to-Consumer categories are used by businesses and individual consumers consistently throughout the year; however, 
in the OPG category, North American consumers engage in the back-to-school surge during the third quarter. 

Avery operates 18 manufacturing and three distribution facilities. Sales for Avery are principally generated in North America, 
Europe and Australia with a market-leading position. There is a small developing presence in Latin America. Most products 
are  sold  under  the  market-leading  “Avery”  brand  and,  with  equal  prominence  in  German-speaking  countries,  under  the 
“Zweckform”  brand  name  that  is  better  known  by  consumers  in  this  part  of  Europe,  as  well  as  the  direct-to-consumer 
“pc/nametag,” “Mabel’s Labels,” “goedgemerkt,” “badgepoint,” “Imprint Plus,” “Easy2Name,” “Colle a Moi,” and “Stuck on 
You” brands.

Avery  reaches  its  consumers,  including  small  businesses,  through  distribution  channels  that  include  mass-market 
merchandisers,  retail  superstores,  wholesalers,  e-tailers,  contract  stationers,  catalog  retailing  and  direct-to-consumer 
e-commerce. Merger activity and store closures in these distribution channels can lead to short-term volume declines as 
customer inventory positions are consolidated. Avery is the leading brand in its core markets, with the principal competition 
being lower-priced private label products. Avery has experienced secular decline in its core mailing address label product 
as e-mail and internet-based digital communication has grown rapidly. In response, Avery has developed innovative new 
products targeted at applications such as shipping labels and product identification. Avery has successfully launched its 
proprietary direct-to-consumer e-commerce label design software platform WePrint™. In 2014, starting with Nilles, and nine 
more acquisition since, expanded Avery’s digital print capabilities to custom designed roll fed labels, the commercial graphic 
arts sector, the meetings and events planning industry and personalized identification labels for children and families. Growth 
rates in these new printable media e-commerce platforms and the newly acquired businesses are expected to outpace Avery’s 
legacy product lines and aid in re-establishing a consistent year-on-year organic growth rate for the Segment. It is also the 
Company’s expectation that Avery will also continue to open up new revenue streams in short-run digital printing applications.

22

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Avery Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2019 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

739.0 
156.5 
21.2% 

3.8% 
7.6% 

$ 
$ 

2018

711.9 
145.5
20.4%

Sales in the Avery Segment for 2019 were $739.0 million compared to the $711.9 million posted in 2018. The increase was due 
to organic sales growth of 1.9%, acquisition growth of 1.1% and the positive impact of foreign currency translation of 0.8%. 

North American sales improved low single digit for 2019, excluding currency translation and acquisitions, compared to 2018. 
Profitability in Printable Media improved on product mix, strong e-commerce sales and price increases on almost flat sales. 
OPG category sales slightly exceeded the prior year on improved volumes as customers avoided U.S. trade tariffs associated 
with off shore sourcing. Price increases for Avery’s binders covered higher cost imported raw materials due to these tariffs. 
Profitability improvement outpaced double-digit sales growth in direct-to-consumer product lines that included badges, kids 
label, “WePrint”, name badges and Avery.com.

International sales largely generated from products in the Printable Media and direct-to-consumer categories represent 
approximately 25% of the Avery Segment’s sales for 2019. Sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, were up mid-
single digit in Europe benefiting from strong organic growth in the direct-to-consumer offering, partially offset by declines 
in Asia Pacific and Latin America. Overall profitability improved in Europe but declined in Latin America and Asia Pacific.

Operating income for 2019 was $156.5 million compared to $145.5 million in 2018. Return on sales of 21.2% for 2019 compared 
to 20.4% for 2018, largely due to the results in the direct-to-consumer category globally.

The Avery Segment invested $13.5 million in capital spending for 2019, compared to $11.6 million for 2018. The majority of 
the expenditures in 2019 were for capacity additions in the direct-to-consumer operations in North America and Europe. 
Depreciation and amortization for the Avery Segment was $17.3 million for 2019 compared to $17.6 million for 2018. 

D)  Checkpoint Segment

Overview

The Checkpoint Segment is a leading global manufacturer and provider of hardware and software systems plus security labels 
and tags providing inventory control and loss-prevention solutions to world-leading retailers. 

Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including RF and RFID solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The Segment has three primary product lines: MAS, ALS 
and Meto. The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags for 
loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some of 
which are RFID capable. Meto is a small separately branded European-centric product line, including hand-held pricing tools 
and labels and promotional in-store displays. All MAS and ALS products are sold under the Checkpoint brand

Checkpoint is supported by 22 manufacturing facilities, nine distribution facilities and four product and software development 
centres  around  the  world.  Checkpoint  is  head  quartered  in  the  United  States,  but  uses  its  global  footprint  to  generate 
sales internationally. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers or apparel manufacturers and competes with other global retail 
labeling companies.

Despite Checkpoint’s market-leading position, strong brand recognition and product development pipeline, only modest 
growth is expected given the changing ‘brick and mortar’ retail landscape. Large contracts with retailers for hardware and 
software can create significant quarter-to-quarter and, in some cases, year-to-year revenue volatility. However, Checkpoint’s 
comprehensive solution of hardware and software also creates an important high-margin recurring revenue stream for its 
related consumables. Moreover, CCL is also confident that Checkpoint is well positioned to capture a position in the evolving 
RFID market as retailers seek omni-channel fulfillment systems.

23

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checkpoint Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2019 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

 724.1 
96.4 
13.3% 

$ 
 1.6% 
(4.8%)  $ 

2018

 712.9
101.3
14.2%

Sales for the Checkpoint Segment were $724.1 million for 2019, an increase of 1.6% compared to the $712.9 million with 2.6% 
organic growth and 1.0% negative impact from foreign currency translation. 

MAS product lines posted solid sales and profit improvement in North America due to new hardware business wins and strong 
sales in associated higher margin consumables. Sales in Europe, Latin America and Asia improved but profitability declined 
on the absence of large chain-wide technology rollouts included in the prior year European results that did not repeat in 
2019 and the impact of a strong U.S. dollar on imported goods. ALS posted organic sales declines in soft apparel markets, 
particularly in the fourth quarter but operating income, excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, improved due 
to operational efficiency initiatives and a successful start-up of the new RFID inlay plant in China. The small Meto business 
recorded declines in sales and profitability for 2019 compared to 2018. 

Operating income for 2019 was $96.4 million a decrease of 4.8% compared to $101.3 million in 2018. Return on sales was 13.3% 
for 2019, compared to 14.2% for 2018. Return on sales declined due the improved results for the North American operations 
being more than offset by the results for the rest of the world.

The  Checkpoint  Segment  invested  $28.9  million  in  capital  spending  for  2019,  compared  to  $37.9  million  for  2018.  The 
majority of expenditures in 2019 were in the Asia Pacific region to enhance capacity and efficiency with the MAS and ALS 
manufacturing facilities. Depreciation and amortization for the Checkpoint Segment was $29.6 million for 2019, compared 
to $27.9 million for 2018. 

E) 

Innovia Segment

The Innovia Segment consists of the Innovia film operations acquired in 2017, the Treofan film facility acquired in 2018, and 
two small legacy film manufacturing facilities transferred from the CCL Segment. The acquired Innovia and Treofan film 
operations, which comprise the majority of the Segment, provide a global footprint for the manufacture of specialty high-
performance, multi-layer, surface engineered BOPP films with a facility located in each of Australia, Belgium, Mexico and the 
United Kingdom. These films are sold to customers in the label materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods 
industries worldwide with a small percentage of the total volume consumed internally by CCL Secure and CCL Label within 
the CCL Segment. The two smaller legacy facilities, one located in Germany and one in the United States, produce almost 
their entire output for the CCL Segment’s Food & Beverage and Home & Personal Care businesses, respectively. 

Polypropylene resin is the most significant input cost for this Segment, derived from oil or natural gas and manufactured 
globally by a limited number of producers. Polypropylene costs depend on the prices of natural gas, oil and the availability 
of resin cracking capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to volatility of 
polypropylene prices, therefore, the Segment must oversee its customer relationships diligently managing selling prices for 
the optimal long-term financial benefit of the Company. Since the completion of the Innovia acquisition, underlying input 
cost pressures pushed polypropylene prices up considerably, albeit North American prices have eased somewhat in 2019. 

Film  innovation  remains  a  strategic  focus  for  the  Segment,  investing  resources  in  its  industry  leading  research  and 
development people and laboratory in the United Kingdom. This commitment has resulted in the development of unique 
process  technology,  highly  differentiated  specialty  BOPP  films  and  innovative  surface  coating  technology  keeping  film 
innovation at the forefront for the Segment.

Lastly, since the acquisition of Treofan, the Segment was engaged in the completion of a new large-scale manufacturing 
capital project. This new line commenced operations at the end of the 2019 second quarter adding 50% manufacturing 
capacity to the Mexican operation.

24

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Innovia Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2019 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

557.3 
40.1 
7.2% 

15.7% 
127.8% 

$ 
$ 

2018

481.6
17.6
3.7%

Sales in the Innovia Segment for 2019 were $557.3 million, compared to $481.6 million including six months post-Treofan 
acquisition on July 3, 2018, contributing acquisition related growth of 22.4% partially offset by a decline in organic sales of 
6.3% and the negative impact of 0.4% from foreign currency translation compared to 2018. 

For 2019, Innovia Segment sales declined organically by 6.3% with an acceleration in the fourth quarter on exiting low margin 
Treofan volumes in the United States and lower sales in the labels and packaging industry in Europe. Reported gains for the 
year derived from the Treofan acquisition in the first half. 

Operating income increased 127.8% to $40.1 million compared to operating income of $17.6 million for 2018. Operating income 
for 2019 included a $9.6 million pension curtailment gain, recorded in the fourth quarter of the year, associated with the 
Company’s decision to close the legacy U.K. defined benefit plan. The 2018 year included a non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustment to fair value acquired inventory, inflating cost of goods sold by $4.3 million for the Treofan acquisition. Therefore, 
comparative operating income was $30.5 million for 2019 a 39.3% improvement from $21.9 million in 2018. Product mix aided 
2019 profitability, especially stronger internal sales of security film. Acquisition profits, lower resin cost, price initiatives and 
production efficiency improvements more than offset the impact of lower volumes. Return on sales improved to 7.2% for 2019 
compared to 3.7% for 2018. 

The  Innovia  Segment  invested  $30.2  million  in  capital  spending  for  2019,  compared  to  $22.7  million  for  2018.  The  2019 
expenditures were largely for the completion of the manufacturing line in the Mexican facility. Depreciation and amortization 
for the Innovia Segment was $42.3 million for 2019, compared to $36.6 million for 2018.

F) 

Joint Ventures

For the years ended December 31 

Sales (at 100%) 
  CCL Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden* 

Earnings (losses) in equity accounted investments (at 100%) 
  CCL Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden 

* primarily sales to CCL Segment

2019 

125.7 
2.4 

128.1 

14.3 
(3.6) 

10.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

119.4 
1.3 

120.7 

14.1 
(3.4) 

10.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

+/-

5.3%
84.6%

6.1%

1.4%
(5.9%)

—

Results from the joint ventures in CCL-Kontur, Russia; Pacman-CCL, Middle East; and Rheinfelden Americas, United States, are 
not proportionately consolidated into the CCL Segment but instead are accounted for as equity investments. The Company’s 
share of the joint ventures net income is disclosed in “Earnings in Equity Accounted Investments” in the consolidated income 
statement. Commencing May 2018, equity investments no longer include the financial results of the CCL-Korsini venture due 
to the Company’s increase in ownership of the entity to 100%.

Pacman-CCL had a record year as sales and profitability increased significantly on strong product mix and market share 
gains. CCL-Kontur posted strong increases in sales, however, profitability declined due to higher overhead costs related to 
capacity expansion in Sleeves. As expected, Rheinfelden Americas, the aluminum slug joint venture, incurred losses for the 
year as production was halted post an early 2018 fire and delayed installation of the final tranche of capital investment. The 
first quarter of 2020 will see a full scale up after a trial start up in late 2019. The plant will not reach annual profitability until 
2021. Earnings in equity accounted investments amounted to $5.4 million for 2019, compared to $5.3 million for 2018. 

25

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 .   F I N A N C I N G   A N D   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s leverage ratio is as follows:

For the years ended December 31 

Current debt 
Current lease liabilities   
Long-term debt 
Long-term lease liabilities 

Total debt(1) 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt(1) 
EBITDA 

Net debt to EBITDA(1) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2019 

38.8 
35.3 
2,234.8 
110.9 

2,419.8 
(703.6) 

1,716.2 
1,067.2 

1.61 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2018

71.8 
—
2,419.8
—

2,491.6
(589.1)

1,902.5
995.3

1.91

(1)  Total debt, net debt and net debt to EBITDA are non-IFRS measures; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

In April 2018, the Company completed the private offering of $300.0 million principal amount of 3.864% Series 1 Notes due 
April 13, 2028. These notes are unsecured senior obligations. The proceeds of the offering were used to repay drawn debt 
within the Company’s revolving credit facility.

The  Company’s  debt  structure  at  December  31,  2019,  was  primarily  comprised  of  the  144A  3.25%  private  notes  due 
October 2026 in the principal amount of US$500.0 million (C$643.1 million), the $300.0 million Series 1 Notes, outstanding 
debt  totaling  $780.3  million  under  the  unsecured  syndicated  revolving  credit  facility  and  the  term  loan  facility  of 
US$366.00 million (C$475.3 million). Additional loan facilities negotiated in 2019 and resident in Mexico and Australia were 
$33.4  million  and  $37.6  million,  respectively.  Outstanding  contingent  letters  of  credit  totaled  $3.6  million;  accordingly, 
there was US$595.7 million of unused availability on the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2019. The Company’s debt 
structure at December 31, 2018, was principally comprised of the 144A private notes of US$500.0 million (C$674.5 million), 
the $300.0 million Series 1 Notes, outstanding debt under the syndicated revolving credit facility of $1,012.2 million and the 
term loan facility of US$366.0 million (C$498.8 million). 

In March 2018, the Company amended its syndicated credit facilities extending the maturity of the aforementioned term 
loan facility from February 2019 to February 2020 and its US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility from December 2020 to 
March 2023. In February 2019, the term loan facility was further amended by extending the maturity date to February 2021 
and removing the required US$12.0 million quarterly principal payments.

Net debt was $1,716.2 million at December 31, 2019, $186.3 million lower than the net debt of $1,902.5 million at December 31, 
2018. Net debt declined despite the inclusion of $146.2 million of lease liabilities due to the new accounting standard, offset 
by net long-term debt repayments inclusive of lease repayments of $156.8, the impact of foreign currency translation on total 
debt as well as the increase in cash and cash equivalents.

Net debt to EBITDA decreased to 1.61 times as at December 31, 2019, compared to 1.91 times at the end of 2018, due to the 
decrease in net debt and an increase in EBITDA. The measure continues to strengthen as the Company strategically deploys 
its free cash flow for business acquisitions and capital expenditures. 

The Company’s overall average finance rate was 2.3% as at December 31, 2019, compared to 3.0% as at December 31, 2018. 
The decrease in the average finance rate was caused by a decrease in rates on the Company’s variable rate debt at December 
31, 2019, compared to December 31, 2018.

Interest coverage (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 9.1 times 
and 8.8 times in 2019 and 2018, respectively, indicative of higher net finance costs associated with IFRS 16, partially offset by 
the lower overall average finance rate and higher operating income.

The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities 
when they are due. The Company believes its liquidity will be satisfactory for the foreseeable future due to its significant 
cash balances, its expected positive operating cash flow and the availability of its unused revolving credit line. The Company 
anticipates funding all of its future commitments from the above sources but may raise further funds by entering into new 
debt financing arrangements or issuing further equity to satisfy its future additional obligations or investment opportunities. 

26

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B)  Cash Flow 

Summary of Cash Flows 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash used for financing activities 
Cash used for investing activities 
Effect of exchange rates on cash 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents – end of year 

2019 

779.5 
(256.2) 
(376.1) 
(32.7) 

114.5 

703.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018

772.7
(67.3)
(696.1)
22.3

31.6

589.1

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $779.5 million, compared to $772.7 million in 2018. Free cash flow from 
operations was $443.8 million for 2019, compared to $442.5 million in the prior year. These two metrics were almost flat to 
the prior year consistent with almost flat operating income and net capital expenditures for 2019 compared to 2018.

The Company maintains a rigorous focus on its investment in non-cash working capital. Days of working capital employed 
(a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 24 days and 18 days for 
the years ended December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively. The days working capital employed increased as 
the Company was not able to match the reduction in trade and other payables with a corresponding reduction in trade and 
other receivables and inventory. 

Cash used for financing activities in 2019 was $256.2 million, consisting of net debt repayments of long-term debt and leases 
of $156.8 million and dividend payments of $121.1 million partly offset by proceeds from the issuance of shares of $21.7 million 
due to the exercise of stock options. 

Cash used for investing activities in 2019 of $376.1 million was primarily for acquisitions that totaled $40.4 million and net 
capital expenditures of $335.7 million. 

After  the  above  noted  items  and  the  $32.7  million  negative  effect  of  foreign  currency  rates,  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
increased by $114.5 million in 2019 to $703.6 million. 

Capital spending in 2019 amounted to $345.6 million and proceeds from capital dispositions were $9.9 million, resulting 
in net capital expenditures of $335.7 million, compared to $330.2 million in 2018. Net capital spending exceeded annual 
depreciation and amortization expense as significant capital was required for the capacity-constrained Food & Beverage 
operations of the CCL Segment and for the completion of the new extrusion line at Innovia in Mexico. Depreciation and 
amortization in 2019 amounted to $290.5 million, compared to $278.0 million in 2018.

The  Company  is  continuing  to  seek  investment  opportunities  to  expand  its  business  geographically,  add  capacity  in  its 
facilities and improve its competitiveness. As in previous years, capital spending will be monitored closely and adjusted based 
on the level of cash flow generated.

27

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C) 

Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and Other Hedges

The Company periodically uses derivative financial instruments to hedge interest and foreign exchange rates. The Company 
does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

As the Company operates internationally and less than 3.0% of its 2019 sales to end-use customers are denominated in 
Canadian dollars, the Company has exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company partially 
manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. Additionally, each 
subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the foreign exchange 
impact on the operating results. 

The Company also has exposure to market risks related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the 
Company maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

The Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to allocate notional debt between fixed and floating rates. 
The Company believes that a balance of fixed and floating rate debt can reduce overall interest expense and is in line with its 
investment in short-term assets such as working capital, and long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment. The 
Company uses cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSA”) as a means to convert U.S. dollar debt into euro debt 
to hedge a portion of its euro-based investment and cash flows.

As at December 31, 2019, the Company utilized cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSAs”) to hedge its euro-
based assets and cash flows, effectively converting notional US$264.7 million 3.25% fixed rate debt into 1.23% fixed rate 
euro debt, US$111.5 million 3.25% fixed rate debt into 1.16% fixed rate euro debt, and US$228.4 million floating rate debt into 
negative 0.28% fixed rate euro debt. The effect of the CCIRSAs has been to decrease finance cost by $17.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2019. 

The  Company  has  potential  credit  risks  arising  from  derivative  financial  instruments  if  a  counterparty  fails  to  meet  its 
obligations. The Company’s counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had no exposure to credit 
risk arising from derivative financial instruments. 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had US$1,387.50 million and �60.3 million drawn under the 144A private bonds, term 
credit facility and revolving credit facility, which are hedging a portion of its U.S. dollar-based, euro-based and pound sterling-
based investments and cash flows, inclusive of U.S. dollar debt swapped to euros.

D)  Equity and Dividends

Summary of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Dividends 
Settlement of exercised stock options  
Contributed surplus on expensing of stock options and stock-based compensation plans 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain (loss), net of tax 
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Increase in equity 

Equity 
Shares issued at December 31 – Class A (000s) 
 – Class B (000s) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2019 

477.1 
(121.1) 
29.2 
18.8 
(54.9) 
(124.5) 

224.6 

2,897.7 
11,836 
166,790 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018

466.8
(91.9)
27.2
14.4
10.6
88.1

515.2

2,673.1
11,836
165,921

In 2019, the Company declared dividends of $121.1 million, compared to $91.9 million declared in the prior year. As previously 
discussed, the dividend payout ratio in 2019 was 24% (2018 – 19%) of adjusted earnings. After careful review of the current year 
results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2020, the Board has declared a 5.9% increase in the annual dividend: an increase 
of $0.01 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.17 to $0.18 per Class B share per quarter ($0.72 per Class B share annualized).

If cash flow periodically exceeds attractive acquisition opportunities available, the Company may also repurchase its shares 
provided that the repurchase is accretive to earnings per share, is at a valuation equal to or lower than valuations for acquisition 
opportunities, and will not materially increase financial leverage beyond targeted levels. The Company did not repurchase 
any of its shares for cancellation in 2019.

28

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

The Company’s obligations relating to debt, leases and other liabilities at the end of 2019 were as follows:

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2019

Payments Due by Period

Carrying 
Amount

Carrying 
Amount

Contractual 
Cash Flows

0–6  
Months

6–12  
Months

1–2  
Years

2–5  
Years

More than  
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
  Secured bank loans 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured 144A 3.25%  

$ 

$ 

1.4 
2.9 

$ 

0.5 
4.3 

$ 

0.5 
4.3 

674.5 

643.1 

649.5 

298.2 

298.4 

300.0 

  1,012.2 

851.3 

852.3 

498.8 
3.6 

475.3 
0.7 

475.4 
0.7 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

85.1* 

16.0 

158.1* 

93.1* 

5.3 

3.3 

* 
  1,223.4 

* 
  1,035.6 

3.7* 
  1,035.6* 

1.1 
  1,035.6 

* 
- 

* 
146.2 

156.7* 
161.2 

2.1 
18.6 

0.2 
0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 
0.3 

$ 

0.2 
0.1 

— 

— 

$ 

0.1 
3.4 

$  — 
0.7 

$  —
—

— 

— 

— 

— 

649.5

300.0

37.6 

33.4 

781.3 

— 
0.3 

16.2 

10.4 

5.7 

1.0 
— 

2.1 
18.7 

475.4 
0.1 

25.0 

21.1 

11.6 

1.5 
— 

15.2 
26.6 

— 
— 

27.9 

63.3 

34.8 

0.1 
— 

49.5 
45.9 

—

—
—

—

58.0

37.7

—
—

87.8
 51.4

  private notes 
  Unsecured 3.864%  
  series 1 notes 

  Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated  

  bank term credit facility 
  Other long-term obligations 
  Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities 
  Interest on 144A 3.25%  

  private notes 

  Interest on unsecured  
  3.864% series 1 notes 

  Interest on other  
long-term debt 

  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Lease liabilities 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

$  3,715.0 

$  3,455.4 

$  3,976.2 

$ 1,082.6 

$ 

92.3 

$   613.4 

$ 1,003.5 

$ 1,184.4

* 

 Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $12.4 million, accrued interest of $8.0 million on unsecured notes, unsecured 
bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $1.5 million on derivatives are reported in trade 
and other payables in 2019 (2018: $50.8 million, $9.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively).

Pension Obligations 

The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans in countries that give rise to accrued post-employment benefit 
obligations. The accrued benefit obligation for these plans at the end of 2019 was $768.0 million (2018 – $707.2 million) 
and the fair value of the plan assets was $402.8 million (2018 – $378.7 million), for a net deficit of $365.2 million (2018 – 
$328.5 million). Contributions to defined benefit plans during 2019 were $25.3 million (2018 – $20.3 million). The Company 
expects to contribute $47.1 million to the pension plans in 2020, inclusive of defined contribution plans. These estimated 
funding requirements will be adjusted annually, based on various market factors such as interest rates, expected returns and 
staffing assumptions, including compensation and mortality. The Company’s contributions are funded through cash flows 
generated from operations. Management anticipates that future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund expected 
future  contributions.  Details  of  the  Company’s  pension  plans  and  related  obligations  are  set  out  in  note  20,  “Employee 
Benefits,” of the Company’s 2019 annual consolidated financial statements.

29

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Obligations and Commitments

The  Company  has  provided  various  loan  guarantees  for  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  totaling  $42.3  million  (2018  – 
$46.3 million). The Company has posted surety bonds through accredited insurance companies globally totaling $71.3 million 
(2018 – $74.2 million). There are no other material “off-balance sheet” financing obligations except for typical long-term 
operating lease agreements in 2018. The nature of these commitments is described in note 26 of the Company’s 2019 annual 
consolidated financial statements. There are no defined benefit plans funded with the Company’s stock.

F)  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered and 
reported to senior management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure. 
The Company’s Disclosure Committee reviews all external reports and documents before publication to enhance disclosure 
controls and procedures.

As at December 31, 2019, based on the continued evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, the CEO and the 
CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109, 
Certificate of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), are effective to ensure that information required to 
be disclosed in reports and documents that the Company files or submits under Canadian securities legislation is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  Management  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. NI 52-109 requires CEOs and 
CFOs to certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for the 
issuer, that internal control has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, that the internal control over financial reporting is 
effective, and that the issuer has disclosed any changes in its internal control during the year ended December 31, 2019 that 
has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting.

Based on the evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, 
the CEO and the CFO concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as at December 31, 2019.

There were no material changes in internal control over financial reporting in the financial year ended December 31, 2019.

4 .   R I S KS   A N D   U N C E R TA I N T I E S

The Company is subject to the usual commercial risks and uncertainties from operating as a Canadian public company and 
as a supplier of goods and services to the non-durable consumer packaging and consumer durables industries on a global 
basis. A number of these potential risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company are as follows:

Potential Risks Relating to Significant Operations in Foreign Countries

The Company operates plants in North America, Europe, Latin America, Africa, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Sales 
to customers located outside of Canada in 2019 were 97% of the Company’s total sales, a level similar to that in 2018. Non-
Canadian operating results are translated into Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the period covered. The 
Company has significant operating bases in both the United States and Europe. In 2019, 40% and 31% of total sales were to 
customers in the United States and Europe, respectively. The Company’s operating results and cash flows could be negatively 
impacted by slower or declining growth rates in these key markets. The sales from business units in Latin America, Asia, 
South Africa and Australia in 2019 were 26% of the Company’s total sales. In addition, the Company has equity accounted 
investments  in  Russia,  the  United  States  and  the  Middle  East.  There  are  risks  associated  with  operating  a  decentralized 
organization in 183 manufacturing facilities in 42 countries around the world with a variety of different cultures and values. 
Operations outside of Canada, the United States and Europe are perceived generally to have greater political and economic 
risks and include the Company’s operations in Latin America, parts of Asia, Russia and the Middle East. These risks include, 
but are not limited to, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, inflation, changes in foreign law and regulations, government 
nationalization of certain industries, currency controls, potential adverse tax consequences and locally accepted business 
practices and standards that may not be similar to accepted business practices and standards in North America and Europe. 
Although the Company has controls and procedures intended to mitigate these risks, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated 
and may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company.

30

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Competitive Environment

The Company faces competition from other suppliers in all the markets in which it operates. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that such competition will not 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This competitive 
environment may preclude the Company from passing on higher material, labour and energy costs to its customers. Any 
significant increase in in-house manufacturing by customers of the Company could adversely affect the business, financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  results  may  be 
negatively  impacted  by  competitors  developing  new  products  or  processes  that  are  of  superior  quality  to  those  of  the 
Company or that fit the Company’s customers’ needs better, or have lower costs; or by consolidation within the Company’s 
competitors or by further pricing pressure being placed on the industry by the large retail chains. 

Foreign Exchange Exposure and Hedging Activities

Sales of the Company’s products to customers outside Canada account for approximately 97% of the revenue of the Company. 
Because the prices for such products are quoted in foreign currencies, any increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative 
to such currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar and the euro, reduces the amount of Canadian dollar revenues and operating 
income reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements. The Company also buys inputs for its products 
in world markets in several currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond the Company’s control and there can be no 
assurance that such fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the reported results of the Company. The use of 
derivatives to provide hedges of certain exposures, such as interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts and 
aluminum futures contracts, could impact negatively on the Company’s operations.

Retention of Key Personnel and Experienced Workforce 

Management believes that an important competitive advantage of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the know-
how and expertise possessed by its personnel at all levels of the Company. While the machinery and equipment used by the 
Company are generally available to competitors of the Company, the experience and training of the Company’s workforce 
allows the Company to obtain a level of efficiency and a level of flexibility that management believes to be high relative to 
levels in the industries in which it competes. To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting, training and retaining 
its personnel over the long term, and while management believes that the know-how of the Company is widely distributed 
throughout the Company, the loss of the services of certain of its experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The operations of the Company are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of its senior management team. To date, 
the Company has been successful in recruiting and retaining competent senior management. Loss of certain members of the 
executive team of the Company could have a disruptive effect on the implementation of the Company’s business strategy and 
the efficient running of day-to-day operations. This could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Acquired Businesses

As  part  of  its  growth  strategy,  the  Company  continues  to  pursue  acquisition  opportunities  where  such  transactions  are 
economically  and  strategically  justified.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  identify 
attractive acquisition opportunities in the future or have the required resources to complete desired acquisitions, or that 
it  will  succeed  in  effectively  managing  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses.  The  failure  to  implement  the  acquisition 
strategy, to successfully integrate acquired businesses or joint ventures into the Company’s structure, or to control operating 
performance and achieve synergies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

In addition, there may be liabilities that the Company has failed or was unable to discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of acquired businesses failed to comply with 
or otherwise violated applicable laws, including environmental laws, the Company, as a successor owner, may be financially 
responsible for these violations. A discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

31

2019 Annual ReportLong-Term Growth Strategy

The Company has experienced significant and steady growth since the global economic downturn of 2009. The Company’s 
organic growth initiatives coupled with its international acquisitions over the last number of years can place a strain on a 
number of aspects of its operating platform including human infrastructure, operational capacity and information systems. The 
Company’s ability to continually adapt and augment all aspects of its operational platform is critical to realizing its long-term 
growth strategy. Another key aspect to the Company’s growth strategy includes increased development of the Company’s 
presence in emerging markets that could create exposure to unstable political conditions, economic volatility and social 
challenges. If the Company cannot adjust to its anticipated growth, results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Lower than Anticipated Demand 

Although the Checkpoint Segment enjoys the advantage of significantly lower customer concentration than the rest of the 
Company, the Segment is heavily dependent on the retail marketplace. Changes in the economic environment including the 
liquidity and financial condition of its customers, the impact of online customer spending or reductions in retailer spending 
and new store openings could adversely affect the Segment’s sales. A reduction in the commitment for chain-wide installations 
due to decreased consumer spending that results in reduced demand for loss prevention by retail customers or failure by the 
Segment to develop new technology that entices the customer to maintain its commitment to Checkpoint’s loss prevention 
products and services may also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results 
of operations.

Exposure to Income Tax Reassessments

The  Company  operates  in  many  countries  throughout  the  world.  Each  country  has  its  own  income  tax  regulations  and 
many of these countries have additional income and other taxes applied at state, provincial and local levels. The Company’s 
international investments are complex and subject to interpretation in each jurisdiction from a legal and tax perspective. 
The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by local authorities, and the Company’s positions in these tax filings may be 
challenged. The Company may not be successful in defending these positions and could be involved in lengthy and costly 
litigation during this process and could be subject to additional income taxes, interest and penalties. This outcome could 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Realization of Deferred Tax Assets 

The Company needs to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods in certain foreign and domestic tax jurisdictions 
to realize the tax benefit. If there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary difference 
or loss carry-forwards become taxable or deductible, the Company may have to revise its unrecognized deferred tax assets. 
This could result in an increase in the effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on future results. Changes 
in statutory tax rate may change the deferred tax asset or liability, with either a positive or a negative impact on the effective 
tax rate. The computation and assessment of the ability to realize the deferred tax asset balance is complex and requires 
significant judgment. New legislation or a change in underlying assumptions may have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of the Company.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

While the Company’s operating results over the past several years have indicated a general upward trend in sales and net 
earnings, operating results within particular product forms, within particular facilities of the Company and within particular 
geographic markets have undergone fluctuations in the past and, in management’s view, are likely to do so in the future. 
Operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors in addition to the global economic conditions, and 
these factors include the volume of orders received relative to the manufacturing capacity of the Company, the level of price 
competition (from competing suppliers both in domestic and in other lower-cost jurisdictions), variations in the level and 
timing of orders, the cost of raw materials and energy, the ability to develop innovative solutions and the mix of revenue 
derived in each of the Company’s businesses. Operating results may also be impacted by the inability to achieve planned 
volumes through normal growth and successful renegotiation of current contracts with customers and by the inability to 
deliver expected benefits from cost reduction programs derived from the restructuring of certain business units. Any of 
these factors or a combination of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.

32

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Insurance Coverage

Management believes that insurance coverage of the Company’s facilities addresses all material insurable risks, provides 
coverage that is similar to that which would be maintained by a prudent owner/operator of similar facilities and is subject 
to deductibles, limits and exclusions that are customary or reasonable given the cost of procuring insurance and current 
operating conditions. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be offered on an economically 
feasible basis or at current premium levels, that the Company will be able to pass through any increased premium costs or that 
all events that could give rise to a loss or liability are insurable, or that the amounts of insurance will at all times be sufficient 
to cover each and every loss or claim that may occur involving the assets or operations of the Company. 

Brexit

On  January  31,  2020,  the  U.K.’s  withdrawal  from  the  European  Union  (“E.U.”),  commonly  referred  to  as  “Brexit,”  became 
effective. While there will be a transition period until December 31, 2020, during which the U.K. will continue to follow the 
E.U.’s rules and the trading relationship is expected to remain largely unchanged, there exists significant uncertainty as to the 
nature of the U.K.’s ongoing relationship with the E.U. following the expiry of the transition period. While it is anticipated that 
a process of negotiation regarding the longer term future of the U.K.’s relationship with members of the E.U. will continue, 
there is significant uncertainty about the outcome of such negotiations, which could result in the U.K. losing access to the 
aspects of the single E.U. market, including the global trade deals negotiated by the E.U. on behalf of its members. Brexit 
and the perceptions as to the impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. may adversely affect business activity, political stability, 
consumer and corporate confidence and economic conditions in the U.K., in those countries that have adopted the euro 
as their currency (the “Eurozone”), in the E.U. and elsewhere. The economic outlook could be further adversely affected by: 
(i) the risk that one or more other E.U. countries could come under increasing pressure to leave the E.U; (ii) the risk that the 
euro as the single currency of the Eurozone could cease to exist; (iii) the risk arising from changes in laws and regulations in 
the U.K.; (iv) the risk that movements in the U.K. pound exchange rates related to Brexit could damage competitiveness or 
profitability as a significant portion of the Company’s U.K. transactions are priced in U.S. dollars and euros; (v) the risk that 
goods moving between the U.K. and any member of the E.U. will be subject to duties and tariffs; and (vi) the risk that goods 
moving between the U.K. and any member of the E.U. will be subject to additional inspections and documentation checks, 
leading to possible delays at ports of entry and departure. These changes to the trading relationship between the U.K. and 
the E.U. are expected to result in increased cost of goods imported into and exported from the U.K. and may decrease the 
profitability of the Company’s U.K. and other operations. In addition, any of these developments, or the perception that any of 
these developments are likely to occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic growth or business activity in the 
U.K., the Eurozone, the E.U. or elsewhere and could result in the relocation of businesses, cause business interruptions, lead 
to economic recession or depression, and impact the stability of the financial markets, availability of credit, political systems 
or financial institutions and the financial and monetary system. Given that the Company conducts a significant portion of its 
business in the E.U. and the U.K., any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
position, liquidity and results of operations of the Company.

Changes in U.S. Trade Policies

The President of the United States and other U.S. governmental officials have made public statements indicating possible 
significant changes in U.S. trade policy and have taken certain actions impacting trade, including implementing and increasing 
tariffs on certain goods imported into the U.S. Changes in U.S. trade policy could trigger retaliatory actions by affected 
countries, resulting in one or more trade wars.

Trade wars could create significant uncertainty and could have a material adverse effect on economic growth and business 
activity  within  the  countries  involved  and  more  broadly,  and  impact  the  stability  of  the  financial  markets.  Any  of  these 
developments  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  financial  position,  liquidity  and  results 
of operations.

33

2019 Annual ReportCatastrophic Events

Natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods or wildfires, public health crises, such as epidemics and pandemics, 
political instability, acts of terrorism, war or other conflicts and other events outside of the Company’s control, may adversely 
impact our business and operating results. In addition to the direct impact that such events could have on our facilities and 
workforce, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted regions or depending on the 
severity, globally, which would impact our customers and in turn impact on demand for our products. Most recently, the 
outbreak of the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 has significantly impacted access to and from and consumer spending 
in parts of China. While none of the Company’s 22 production facilities in China have to date been subject to closure or other 
significant adverse impact, a prolonged continuance of this public health crisis could create adverse impacts in China on 
our workforce, our supply chain or the demand for our products should our customers be faced with declining consumer 
demand for their products.

Dependence on Customers

The Company has a modest dependence on certain customers. The Company’s two largest customers combined accounted 
for approximately 9.0% of the consolidated revenue for the fiscal year 2019. The five largest customers of the Company 
represented approximately 16.5% of the total revenue for 2019 and the 25 largest customers represented approximately 36.4% 
of the total revenue. Several thousand customers make up the remainder of total revenue. Although the Company has strong 
partnership relationships with its customers, there can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its relationship with 
any particular customer or continue to provide services to any particular customer at current levels. A loss of any significant 
customer, or a decrease in the sales to any such customer, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. Consolidation within the consumer products marketer base and office 
retail superstores could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, depending on the nature and scope of any 
such consolidation.

Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and Other Considerations

The Company is subject to numerous federal, provincial, state and municipal statutes, regulations, by-laws, guidelines and 
policies, as well as permits and other approvals related to the protection of the environment and workers’ health and safety. 
The  Company  maintains  active  health  and  safety  and  environmental  programs  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  injuries  to 
employees and pollution incidents at its manufacturing sites. The Company also carries out a program of environmental 
compliance audits, including an independent third-party pollution liability assessment for acquisitions, to assess the adequacy 
of compliance at the operating level and to establish provisions, as required, for environmental site remediation plans. The 
Company has environmental insurance for most of its operating sites, with certain exclusions for historical matters. 

Despite these programs and insurance coverage, further proceedings or inquiries from regulators on employee health and 
safety requirements, particularly in Canada, the United States and the European Economic Community (collectively, the 
“EHS Requirements”), could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. In addition, changes to existing EHS Requirements, the adoption of new EHS Requirements in the future, or 
changes to the enforcement of EHS Requirements, as well as the discovery of additional or unknown conditions at facilities 
owned, operated or used by the Company, could require expenditures that might materially affect the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company to the extent not covered by indemnity, insurance or covenant not to 
sue. Furthermore, while the Company has generally benefited from increased regulations on its customers’ products, the 
demand for the services or products of the Company may be adversely affected by the amendment or repeal of laws or by 
changes to the enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies concerning such laws.

34

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Operating and Product Hazards

The Company’s revenues are dependent on the continued operation of its facilities and its customers. The operation of 
manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, natural disasters, 
suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. The total loss of certain of 
the Company’s manufacturing plants could have a significant financial impact on the affected business segment, particularly 
where the plant represents a single or significant source of supply. The operations of the Company and its customers are 
also subject to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of certain 
hazardous materials. These hazards can cause personal injury, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment 
and environmental damage. Furthermore, the Company may become subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, 
workers’ compensation and other matters. The Company’s pharmaceutical and specialty food product operations are subject 
to stringent federal, state, provincial and local health, food and drug regulations and controls, and may be impacted by 
consumer product liability claims and the possible unavailability and/or expense of liability insurance. The Company prints 
information on its labels and containers that, if incorrect, could give rise to product liability claims. A determination by 
applicable regulatory authorities that any of the Company’s facilities are not in compliance with any such regulations or 
controls in any material respect may have a material adverse effect on the Company. A successful product liability claim 
(or a series of claims) against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of 
these liabilities or the timing thereof. The occurrence of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above 
events, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Timing and Volume of New Banknote Orders

The CCL Secure banknote substrate operation is dependent on government procurement decisions and the volume and 
timing of new or replacement banknote orders is often uncertain. These decisions can be influenced by many political factors 
that could delay or reduce the volume of banknote orders. The impact of new large volume banknote orders may result in the 
Company having to invest in material capital projects to support government procurement decisions. As a result, volatility 
may be created in the cash flows and in the financial results of the CCL Secure operations and could have a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition of the Company.

Decline in Address Mailing Labels

Since the advent of e-mail, traditional mail volumes have declined, particularly over the past decade. Address labels used for 
traditional mail has historically been a core product for the Avery business. There is a direct correlation of address label sales 
volumes to the quantity of mail in circulation in each of the markets in which Avery operates. Accordingly, a further dramatic 
decline in traditional mail volume, without the introduction of offsetting new consumer printable media applications in Avery, 
could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Product Security

CCL Secure’s banknote substrate business is involved in high security applications and must maintain highly secured facilities 
and product shipments. CCL Secure maintains vigorous security and material control procedures. All employees, guests and 
third party contractors with access to facilities and products are prudently screened and monitored. However, the loss of a 
product, counterfeiting of a high security feature or the breach of a secured facility as a result of negligence, collusion or 
theft is possible. Loss of product whilst in transit, particularly during transshipment, through the failure of freight management 
companies or the loss of the shipment vehicle by accident or act of God is possible. Consequently, the financial damage and 
potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

Financial Reporting

The Company prepares its financial reports in accordance with accounting policies and methods prescribed by IFRS. In the 
preparation of financial reports, management may need to rely upon assumptions, make estimates or use their best judgment 
in determining the financial condition of the Company. Significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the 
notes to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. In order to have a 
reasonable level of assurance that financial transactions are properly authorized, assets are safeguarded against unauthorized 
or improper use and transactions are properly recorded and reported, the Company has implemented and continues to 
analyze its internal control systems for financial reporting. Although the Company believes that its financial reporting and 
financial statements are prepared with reasonable safeguards to ensure reliability, the Company cannot provide absolute 
assurance in that regard.

35

2019 Annual ReportCompliance with Anti-Bribery and Export Laws

Due to the Company’s global operations, the Company is subject to many laws governing international relations, including 
those that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers, and which may restrict where the 
Company can do business, what information or products the Company can supply to certain countries and what information 
the Company can provide to foreign governments, including but not limited to the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public 
Officials Act (“CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and the U.S. Export Administration 
Act. The Company’s policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. The Company operates in many parts of the 
world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with 
anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Given the high level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk 
that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for example through fraudulent or negligent behavior 
of individual employees, the Company’s failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements or otherwise. 
Additionally, the Company may be held liable for actions taken by local dealers and partners. If the Company is found to be 
liable for CFPOA, FCPA or other violations (either due to the Company’s own acts or through inadvertence, or due to the acts 
or inadvertence of others), the Company could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have 
a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

New Product Developments 

Markets are continually evolving based on the ingenuity of the Company and its competitors, consumer preferences and 
new product identification and information technologies. To the extent that any such new developments result in a decrease 
in the use of any of the Company’s products, a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations 
could occur. 

Checkpoint’s  ability  to  create  new  products  and  to  sustain  existing  products  is  affected  by  whether  the  Company  can 
develop and fund technological innovations, such as those related to the next generation of product solutions, evolving 
RFID technologies, and other innovative security devices, software and systems initiatives. The failure to develop and launch 
successful new products could have a material adverse effect on Checkpoint’s business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Although the Innovia Segment has a unique manufacturing process for its BOPP and CCL Secure is the leading manufacturer 
of polymer banknote substrate, it is dependent on its ability to constantly evolve the technological capabilities of its products 
to meet the demands of its customer base. New scientific advancements in polymer film manufacturing could curtail the 
use of Innovia’s BOPP, while the advancement of e-commerce and cashless societies may outmode the need for polymer 
banknotes. Failure to invest in intellectual properties and perpetually innovate may result in lower demand for films and 
banknote substrate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Labour Relations

While labour relations between the Company and its employees have been stable in the recent past and there have been 
no material disruptions in operations as a result of labour disputes, the maintenance of a productive and efficient labour 
environment cannot be assured. Accordingly, a strike, lockout or deterioration of labour relationships could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

Any alleged failure by the Company to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the countries of operation may lead 
to the imposition of fines and penalties or the denial, revocation or delay in the renewal of permits and licenses issued by 
governmental  authorities  or  litigation.  In  addition,  governmental  authorities,  as  well  as  third  parties,  may  claim  that  the 
Company is liable for environmental remediation or damages. A significant judgment against the Company, the loss of a 
significant permit or other approval or the imposition of a significant fine or penalty could have a material adverse effect on 
the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Moreover, the Company may from time to time be notified of claims that it may be infringing patents, copyrights or other 
intellectual property rights owned by other third parties. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of 
resources, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. In the future, third parties may assert infringement claims against the Company or its customers. In the event of 
an infringement claim, the Company may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop a non-infringing 
alternative or to obtain licenses. The Company may not be successful in developing such an alternative or obtaining a license 
on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any such litigation could be lengthy and costly and could have a material adverse 
effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

36

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)The Company may also be subject to claims arising from its failure to manufacture a product to the specifications of its 
customers or from personal injury arising from a consumer’s use of a product or component manufactured by the Company. 
While the Company will seek indemnity from its customers for claims made against the Company by consumers, and while 
the Company maintains what management believes to be appropriate levels of insurance to respond to such claims, there 
can be no assurance that the Company will be fully indemnified by its customers or that insurance coverage will continue 
to be available or, if available, will be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims. In addition, the Company could 
become subject to claims relating to its prior or acquired businesses, including environmental and tax matters, or claims by 
third parties, such as distributors or agents. There can be no assurance that insurance coverage will be adequate to cover 
all costs arising from such claims.

Specifically, during 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgment and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, 
CCL Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling Australian dollars (“AUD”) 70.0 million (C$63.8 million), 
finding a wrongful termination of an agency agreement with Benoy Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure 
Currency Ltd. (collectively “Berry”), an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL appealed the judgment. As part of the appeals 
process, the Australian court mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgment in order to stay execution of the 
judgment pending resolution of the appeal. On appeal in 2019, the Australian court of appeals reduced the total damages 
awarded to Berry to AUD 4.8 million (C$4.4 million) including interest and Berry’s estimated legal costs, and awarded ISPL a 
portion of its appeal costs. Berry has appealed the reduced award to the Final Court of Appeals in Australia. The Company 
maintains a provision in its accounts of its estimate of the likely final award and liability of ISPL.

In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Berry in 
Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated with 
ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision. The lawsuit 
alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote substrate plant in Nigeria and Berry seeks an order 
requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or in lieu thereof, grant an award of total damages in the amount of 
€1.5 billion (C$2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the Company considers to be without merit and 
accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

Events surrounding these cases occurred at a time when the Reserve Bank of Australia had a 50% equity interest in ISPL. 

Defined Benefit Post-Employment Plans

The Company is the sponsor of a number of defined benefit plans in twelve countries that give rise to accrued post-employment 
benefit obligations. Although the Company believes that its current financial resources combined with its expected future 
cash flows from operations and returns on post-employment plan assets will be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under 
these plans in future years, the cash outflow and higher expenses associated with these plans may be higher than expected 
and may have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.

Breach of Legal and Regulatory Requirements

CCL  Secure’s  banknote  substrate  operation  has  the  highest  accreditation  within  the  security  printing  industry.  This 
accreditation provides governments and Central Banks with assurance in respect of safeguarding high ethical standards and 
business practices. Violation of CCL Secure’s highly strict requirements and constant detailed oversight in relation to bribery, 
corruption and anti-competitive activities remains a risk in an industry expecting the highest ethical standards. Consequently, 
the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure that could arise if the standards and practices 
are compromised, or perceived to have been compromised, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Material Disruption of Information Technology Systems 

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology (“IT”) systems to manufacture its products, process 
transactions, respond to customer questions, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and maintain 
cost-efficient operations as well as maintain its e-commerce websites. Any material disruption or slowdown of the systems, 
including a disruption or slowdown caused by the Company’s failure to successfully upgrade its systems, system failures, 
viruses or other causes could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. If changes in technology cause the Company’s information systems to become obsolete, or if information 
systems are inadequate to handle growth, the Company could incur losses and costs due to interruption of its operations.

37

2019 Annual ReportThe Company maintains information within its IT networks and on the cloud to operate its business, as well as confidential 
personal  employee  and  customer  information.  The  secure  maintenance  of  this  information  is  critical  to  the  Company’s 
operations and reputation. The Company invests in hardware and software to prevent the risk of intrusion, tampering and 
theft. Any such unauthorized breach of the IT infrastructure could compromise the data maintained, which could cause the 
corruption or exposure of confidential or proprietary information, a significant disruption in operations, the loss or theft of 
critical data and financial resources and meaningful harm to the Company’s reputation, any of which could result in a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment in the Carrying Value of Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $2.8 billion of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets on its 
statement of financial position, the value of which is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The assessment of the value 
of goodwill and intangible assets depends on a number of key factors requiring estimates and assumptions about earnings 
growth, operating margins, discount rates, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and market capitalization. 
There can be no assurance that future reviews of goodwill and intangible assets will not result in an impairment charge. 
Although it does not affect cash flow, an impairment charge does have the effect of reducing the Company’s earnings, total 
assets and equity.

Raw Materials and Component Parts

Although the Company is a large customer to certain key suppliers, it is also an inconsequential buyer of some materials. 
The ability to grow earnings will be affected by inflationary and other increases in the cost of electronic sub-assemblies and 
raw materials, aluminum ingot, slugs and foils, resins, extruded films, pressure sensitive laminates, paper, binder rings and 
plastic components. Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw materials, labour and energy have occurred in the past 
and are expected to recur, and the Company’s performance depends in part on its ability to pass these cost increases on to 
customers in the price of its products and to effect improvements in productivity. The Company may not be able to fully offset 
the effects of raw material costs and other sourced components through price increases, productivity improvements or cost-
reduction programs. If the Company cannot obtain sufficient quantities of these items at competitive prices, of appropriate 
quality and on a timely basis, it may not be able to produce sufficient quantities of product to satisfy market demand, product 
shipments may be delayed, or its material or manufacturing costs may increase. Innovia is sensitive to price movements in 
polypropylene resin used in its BOPP films for label, packaging and security applications. Polypropylene is the most significant 
input cost for the Innovia Segment and is traded in the market, with prices linked to the market price of natural gas and 
refining capacity. Price movements must be managed and where necessary, passed along to the Segment’s customers. 
Failure to pass along higher costs in a timely and effective manner to its customers could have a material adverse effect on 
the Innovia Segment’s business and profitability. Checkpoint’s supply chain relies significantly on components sourced from 
factories in Asia, therefore, supply disruption and tariff changes could adversely affect sales and profitability. Avery’s U.S. 
supply chain relies almost completely on its plant in Tijuana, Mexico; supply disruption, changes to border controls or the 
failure to implement the provisions of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement on trade could adversely affect sales 
and profitability. Overall, any of these problems could result in the loss of customers and revenue, provide an opportunity 
for competing products to gain market acceptance and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

Credit Ratings

The credit ratings currently assigned to the Company by Moody’s and S&P, or that may in the future be assigned by other 
rating agencies, are subject to amendment in accordance with each agency’s rating methodology and subjective modifiers 
driving the credit rating opinion. There is no assurance that any rating assigned to the Company will remain in effect for any 
given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the future. A downgrade 
in the credit rating assigned by one or more rating agencies could increase the Company’s cost of borrowing or impact 
the Company’s ability to renegotiate debt, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and profitability.

Share Price Volatility

Changes in the Company’s stock price may affect access to, or cost of, financing from capital markets and may affect stock-
based compensation arrangements. The Company’s stock price has appreciated significantly over the last five years and is 
influenced by the financial results of the Company, changes in the overall stock market, demand for equity securities, relative 
peer group performance, market expectation of future financial performance and competitive dynamics among many other 
things. There is no assurance that the Company’s share price will not be volatile in the future.

38

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)Increase in Interest Rates

At December 31, 2019, approximately 46% of the Company’s outstanding debt was subject to variable interest rates. Increases 
in short-term interest rates would directly impact interest costs. Significant increases in short-term interest rates will increase 
borrowing costs and could have a material adverse impact on the financial results of the Company.

Protection of Intellectual Property

Certain  of  the  Company’s  products  involve  complex  technology  and  chemistry  and  the  Company  relies  on  maintaining 
protection of this intellectual property and proprietary information to maintain a competitive advantage. The infringement, 
expiration  or  other  loss  of  these  patents  and  other  proprietary  information  would  reduce  the  barriers  to  entry  into  the 
Company’s existing lines of business and may result in loss of market share and a decrease in the Company’s competitiveness, 
which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There also can 
be no assurance that the patents previously obtained or to be obtained by the Company in the future will provide adequate 
protection of such intellectual property or adequately maintain any competitive advantage. 

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors taking into account current 
and anticipated cash flow, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and global economy as 
well as the various risk factors set out above. The Board of Directors intends to pay a consistent dividend with consistent 
increases over time, however, the Board of Directors may in certain circumstances determine that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to reduce or suspend the dividend. In that situation, the trading price of the Company’s Class A and Class B 
shares may be materially affected. 

Climate Change

Event risks caused by global climate change, including the frequency and severity of weather-related events, could damage 
the Company’s facilities, disrupt operations, impact revenues and cash flow, and create financial risk. These could result in 
substantial costs for emergency response efforts during the event, reinstatement of regular business operations and repair or 
replacement of premises and equipment. The potential impact or financial consequence of such events is highly uncertain. 
The Company’s operations are spread over more than 180 locations around the world and therefore subject to varying climate 
change event risks. 

Global climate change also gives rise to other risks to the Company’s business and operations, including increased regulation 
and market shifts in supply and demand, which are also difficult to predict. Many countries in which the Company carries on 
business are at differing stages of developing policy and regulations regarding carbon emissions and other environmental 
impacts which could significantly affect the Company’s business, create financial obligations and increase operating costs. 
Increased public awareness of climate change may impact consumer demand for the Company’s customers’ products. 

39

2019 Annual Report5.   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   A N D   N O N - I F R S   M E A S U R E S

A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

CCL measures the success of the business using a number of key performance indicators, many of which are in accordance 
with IFRS as described throughout this report. The following performance indicators are not measurements in accordance with 
IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to or replacement of net earnings or any other measure of performance 
under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning and may not be comparable to similar measures 
presented by other issuers. In fact, these additional measures are used to provide added insight into the Company’s results 
and are concepts often seen in external analysts’ research reports, financial covenants in banking agreements and note 
agreements, purchase and sales contracts on acquisitions and divestitures of the business, and in discussions and reports to 
and from the Company’s shareholders and the investment community. These non-IFRS measures will be found throughout 
this report and are referenced alphabetically in the definition section below.

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Class B Share – An important non-IFRS measure to assist in understanding the ongoing earnings 
performance of the Company, excluding items of a one-time or non-recurring nature. It is not considered a substitute for basic 
net earnings per Class B share, but it does provide additional insight into the ongoing financial results of the Company. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as basic net earnings per Class B share excluding gains on dispositions, goodwill impairment 
loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items and tax adjustments. 

Earnings per Class B Share

Basic earnings 
Net loss from restructuring and other items 
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to inventory 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Fourth Quarter 

 Year-to-Date

2019 

0.59 
0.08 
— 

0.67 

$ 

$ 

2018 

0.65 
0.03 
— 

0.68 

$ 

$ 

2019 

2.68 
0.11 
— 

2.79 

$ 

$ 

2018

2.64
0.07
0.02

2.73

$ 

$ 

Days of Working Capital Employed – A measure indicating the relative liquidity and asset intensity of the Company’s working 
capital. It is calculated by multiplying the net working capital by the number of days in the quarter and then dividing by the 
quarterly sales. Net working capital includes trade and other receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, trade and other 
payables, and income taxes recoverable and payable. The following table reconciles the net working capital used in the days 
of working capital employed measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of financial position as at 
the periods ended as indicated.

Days of Working Capital Employed

At December 31 

Trade and other receivables  
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Income taxes recoverable 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 

Net working capital 

Days in quarter 
Fourth quarter sales 

Days of working capital employed 

40

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019  

849.2 
481.6 
36.6 
34.0 
(1,035.6) 
(38.1) 

327.7 

92 
1,277.9 

24 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018

938.0
524.6
34.8
38.7
(1,223.4)
(51.2)

261.5

92
1,332.8

18

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Payout Ratio – The ratio of earnings paid out to the shareholders. It provides an indication of how well earnings 
support the dividend payments. Dividend payout is defined as dividends declared divided by earnings, excluding goodwill 
impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items, and tax adjustments, expressed 
as a percentage.

Dividend Payout Ratio 

Dividends declared per equity 

Adjusted earnings  

Dividend payout ratio 

2019 

121.1 

496.9 

$ 

$ 

Year-to-Date

2018 

91.9

482.5

24% 

19%

$ 

$ 

EBITDA – A critical financial measure used extensively in the packaging industry and other industries to assist in understanding 
and measuring operating results. It is also considered as a proxy for cash flow and a facilitator for business valuations. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as earnings before net finance cost, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, goodwill 
impairment loss, earnings in equity accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring 
and other items. The Company believes that EBITDA is an important measure as it allows the assessment of the Company’s 
ongoing business without the impact of net finance costs, depreciation and amortization and income tax expenses, as well 
as non-operating factors and unusual items. As a proxy for cash flow, it is intended to indicate the Company’s ability to incur 
or service debt and to invest in property, plant and equipment, and it allows comparison of the Company’s business to 
that of its peers and competitors who may have different capital or organizational structures. EBITDA is a measure tracked 
by financial analysts and investors to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. EBITDA is 
considered an important measure by lenders to the Company and is included in the financial covenants for the Company’s 
bank lines of credit.

The following table reconciles EBITDA measures to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income statements 
for the periods ended as indicated.

EBITDA

Fourth Quarter 

 Year-to-Date

Net earnings  
Corporate expense 
Earnings in equity accounted investments   
Finance cost, net 
Restructuring and other items – net loss  
Income taxes 

Operating income 
Less: Corporate expense  
Add: Depreciation and amortization    
Add: Non-cash accounting adjustment to inventory 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

104.4 
2.6 
(2.0) 
18.9 
19.8 
30.2 

173.9 
(2.6) 
83.4 
— 

$ 

$ 

2018 

114.2 
16.3 
(2.7) 
19.8 
6.6 
35.0 

189.2 
(16.3) 
71.3 
— 

$ 

$ 

2019 

477.1 
49.7 
(5.4) 
81.0 
25.0 
159.9 

787.3 
(49.7) 
329.6 
— 

EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) 

$ 

254.7 

$ 

244.2 

$ 

1,067.2 

$ 

2018

466.8
62.7
(5.3)
80.7
14.8
156.0

775.7
(62.7)
278.0
4.3

995.3

Free Cash Flow from Operations – A measure indicating the relative amount of cash generated by the Company during the 
year and available to fund dividends, debt repayments and acquisitions. It is calculated as cash flow from operations less 
capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

41

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  reconciles  the  measure  of  free  cash  flow  from  operations  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the  annual 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods ended as indicated.

Free Cash Flow from Operations 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Less: Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Add: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow from operations 

2019 

779.5 
(345.6) 
9.9 

$ 

2018

772.7
(352.9)
22.7

443.8 

$ 

442.5

$ 

$ 

Interest Coverage – A measure indicating the relative amount of operating income earned by the Company compared to the 
amount of net finance cost incurred by the Company. It is calculated as operating income (see definition below), including 
discontinued items, less corporate expense, divided by net finance cost on a twelve-month rolling basis.

The following table reconciles the interest coverage measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated. 

Interest Coverage

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see definition below)  
Less: Corporate expense   

Net finance cost 

Interest coverage 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

787.3 
(49.7) 

737.6 

81.0 

9.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

775.7
(62.7)

713.0

80.7

8.8

Net Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company, assuming that all cash on hand is used to repay 
a portion of the outstanding debt. It is defined as current debt including cash advances, plus long-term debt, less cash and 
cash equivalents.

Net Debt to EBITDA (or “Leverage Ratio”) – A measure that indicates the financial leverage of the Company. It indicates the 
Company’s ability to service its existing debt. 

Operating Income  –  A  measure  indicating  the  profitability  of  the  Company’s  business  units  defined  as  income  before 
corporate expenses, net finance costs, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity accounted investments, restructuring 
and other items, and income taxes.

See the definition of EBITDA above for a reconciliation of operating income measures to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Restructuring and Other Items and Tax Adjustments – A measure of significant non-recurring items that are included in 
net earnings. The impact of restructuring and other items and tax adjustments on a per share basis is measured by dividing 
the after-tax income of the restructuring and other items and tax adjustments by the average number of shares outstanding 
in the relevant period. Management will continue to disclose the impact of these items on the Company’s results because 
the timing and extent of such items do not reflect or relate to the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Management 
evaluates the operating income of its Segments before the effect of these items.

Return  on  Equity  before  goodwill  impairment  loss,  restructuring  and  other  items  non-cash  acquisition  accounting 
adjustments, and tax adjustments (“ROE”) – A measure that provides insight into the effective use of shareholder capital 
in generating ongoing net earnings. ROE is calculated by dividing annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss, 
restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the 
beginning and the end-of-year equity.

42

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROE measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as 
indicated.

Return on Equity 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items, (net of tax)   
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to inventory, (net of tax) 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average equity 

Return on equity 

2019 

477.1 
19.8 
— 

496.9 

2,785.4 

17.8% 

Year-to-Date

2018

466.8
12.6
3.1

482.5

2,415.5

20.0%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Return on Total Capital before goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring 
and other items and tax adjustments (“ROTC”) – A measure of the returns the Company is achieving on capital employed. 
ROTC is calculated by dividing annual net income before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash 
acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the beginning- and the end-of-year equity and 
net debt.

The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROTC measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the annual consolidated income statements for the periods ended as 
indicated.

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items, (net of tax)   
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to inventory, (net of tax) 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average total capital 

Return on total capital 

2019 

477.1 
19.8 
— 

496.9 

4,594.8 

10.8% 

Year-to-Date

2018

466.8
12.6
3.1

482.5

4,253.7

11.3%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

43

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on Sales – A measure indicating relative profitability of sales to customers. It is defined as operating income (see 
definition above) divided by sales, expressed as a percentage.

The following table reconciles the return on sales measure to IFRS measures reported in the annual consolidated statements 
of earnings in the segmented information per note 4 of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the 
periods ended as indicated.

Return on Sales 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  Total sales 

Operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total operating income  

Return on sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total return on sales 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Three Months Ended  
December 31 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

787.1 
170.5 
192.8 
127.5 

1,277.9 

108.1 
34.9 
25.0 
5.9 

173.9 

13.7% 
20.5% 
13.0% 
4.6% 

13.6% 

2018 

827.2 
173.1 
189.2 
143.3 

1,332.8 

120.1 
36.0 
25.4 
7.7 

189.2 

14.5% 
20.8% 
13.4% 
5.4% 

14.2% 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,300.9 
739.0 
724.1 
557.3 

5,321.3 

494.3 
156.5 
96.4 
40.1 

787.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.0% 
21.2% 
13.3% 
7.2% 

14.8% 

3,255.1
711.9
712.9
481.6

5,161.5

511.3
145.5
101.3
17.6

775.7

15.7%
20.4%
14.2%
3.7%

15.0%

Total Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company. It is defined as current debt, including bank 
advances, plus long-term debt.

B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

Accounting Policies

The above analysis and discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based on its consolidated 
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set out in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Adopted New Accounting Standards

In January 2016, IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), was issued by the IASB. This standard introduces a single-lessee accounting model 
and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying 
asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset 
and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor 
accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease 
accounting model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. The new standard became effective for annual 
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Upon adoption by the Company of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019, the Company 
recognized $167.6 million for right-of-use assets, a corresponding $171.7 million of lease liabilities and a reduction in other 
liabilities of $4.1 million in its statement of financial position. 

44

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In particular, estimates are used when determining 
the amounts recorded for depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, outstanding 
self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, certain fair value 
measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments 
and also in the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in the businesses acquired over the fair value 
of the underlying net identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising on acquisitions. Goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles 
are not amortized but are required to be tested for impairment at least annually or if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

During the 2019 fourth quarter, the Company completed its impairment test as at September 30, 2019. Impairment testing for 
the cash-generating units (“CGU”), CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, and Innovia Segments, was done by a comparison of the unit’s 
carrying amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting future cash flows from the continuing use of the 
unit. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include growth rates of 2% to 7% and pre-tax discount 
rates ranging from 7% to 12%. Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the Segments and are 
based upon the weighted average cost of capital for the Segment. The Company’s historical growth rates are used as a basis 
in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing. Significant management judgment is required in preparing 
the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. In 2019 and 2018, it 
was determined that the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles was not impaired. Since the process of 
determining fair values requires management judgment regarding projected results and market multiples, a change in these 
assumptions could impact the fair value of the reporting units, resulting in an impairment charge. 

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset may not be recoverable. Performance of this evaluation involves management estimates of the associated business 
plans, economic projections and anticipated cash flows. Specifically, management considers forecasted operating cash 
flows, which are subject to change due to economic conditions, technological changes or changes in operating performance. 
An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset held for use exceeded the discounted cash flow 
or fair value. Changes in these estimates in the future may result in an impairment charge.

Employee Benefits

The Company accrues its obligation under employee benefit plans and related costs net of plan assets. Pension costs are 
determined periodically by independent actuaries. The actuarial determination of the accrued benefit obligations for the plans 
uses the projected unit credit method and incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary escalation, retirement 
age, inflation and other actuarial factors. The cost is then charged as services are rendered. Since these assumptions, which 
are disclosed in note 20 of the 2019 annual consolidated financial statements, involve forward-looking estimates and are long 
term in nature, they are subject to uncertainty. Actual results may differ, and the differences may be material.

D)  Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into a number of agreements with its subsidiaries that govern the management, commercial and 
cost-sharing arrangements with and among the subsidiaries. These inter-company structures are established on terms typical 
of arm’s length agreements. A summary of the Company’s related party transactions is set out in note 27 of the 2019 annual 
consolidated financial statements.

45

2019 Annual Report6.   O U T LO O K 

2019 was another solid year for the Company with sales growth of 3.1% compared to the prior year, leading to an increase 
in adjusted basic earnings per Class B share of 2.2% to $2.79 compared to $2.73 per class B Share in 2018. Moreover, the 
Company continued to generate strong cash returns despite investing $40.4 million in six acquisitions and $345.6 million in 
capital asset additions. Acquisitions in 2019 expanded Avery’s “kid’s labels” and badges businesses globally and CCL Design 
extended its electronics labels presence into Vietnam and made its first acquisition into “tapes” with Olympic. 

The 2019 year closed with the weakest pace of global growth since the financial crisis, despite trade tensions between 
China and the United States easing and an apparent Brexit outcome finalized. Eurozone growth remained sluggish, while 
Russia and Brazil did not rebound as expected in 2019. For 2020, forecasts indicate further weakening in global growth rates, 
compounded by potential trade uncertainty between the United States and Europe and the impact of the coronavirus on 
China’s economy and potentially the global supply chain. Consequently, commodity and currency markets could remain 
volatile and passing on foreign exchange movement and input cost changes to the Company’s customer base will remain in 
focus. Should the pace of economic growth slow dramatically, the Company expects to quickly initiate actions that reduce 
variable costs to match the evolving economic reality.

Although results dipped slightly for 2019, driven by a lackluster fourth quarter in the developed world, the CCL Segment 
remains committed to achieving its global growth strategy pursuing expansion plans in new and existing markets with its 
core customers where the opportunity meets the long-term profitability objectives. CCL Secure will continue to develop 
market leading security technology to pursue long-term widespread adoption of polymer banknotes amongst central bankers. 
The Company is confident this strategy will continue to generate strong cash flows that will support additional investment 
opportunities and allow CCL to further expand its geographic and market segment reach. 

Avery recorded a successful 2019, established an organic growth of nearly 2%, supported by double digit growth rates in its 
rapidly expanding direct-to-consumer platform, outpacing the declines in legacy low margin ring binders. The outlook for 
2020 is attractive with the expectation of sustainable growth in Avery’s direct-to-consumer offering including incremental 
acquisitions such as IDentalam and ID&C that closed in early 2020, as well as new product developments coupled with stable 
margins for its legacy OPG product group.

The Checkpoint Segment posted a solid 2019, with a return on sales of 13.3%, albeit slightly less than 2018. The MAS business 
performed as anticipated and ALS showed improvement with expectations of further gains in 2020. In 2019, Checkpoint 
invested in capital equipment to become primary in its manufacturing of RFID labels, completed the re-engineering of its 
inventory management software offering for RFID and is ready to add additional manufacturing capacity to meet increased RFID 
demand for 2020 and beyond. In February of 2020, Checkpoint announced the completion of its first acquisition, Eti-Textil; 
additional complimentary and tuck-in business acquisitions will be considered by management.

2019 financial results for the Innovia Segment progressed, as inflationary cost pressures from increased resin prices eased, 
foreign exchange tailwinds in the U.S. assisted and management successfully improved contractual pass-through pricing 
mechanisms to the customer base with further evolution in 2020 envisaged. The Mexican operation successfully completed 
the construction and efficient start-up of its new BOPP line, with less disruption and cost than anticipated. Focus will now turn 
to filling the incremental capacity with appropriate margin product. With the addition of the Flexpol acquisition in Poland, 
Innovia has a full suite of BOPP films available to serve customers in Europe and North America and added attention will 
directed to improving profitability at Flexpol.

The Company concluded the year with cash-on-hand of $703.6 million and unused availability on the revolving credit facility 
was US$595.7 million. The Company’s liquidity position is robust, with a net debt leverage ratio of 1.61 times EBITDA at the end 
of the current year, 0.3 turns lower than 2018. As always, the Company remains focused on vigilantly managing working capital 
and prioritizing capital to higher-growth organic opportunities or unique acquisitions expected to enhance shareholder value. 
The Company expects capital expenditures for 2020 to be approximately $350.0 million in order to support the organic 
growth and new greenfield opportunities globally. The first quarter consolidated order book looks stable, however the ultimate 
impact of coronavirus on demand in China and the global supply chain has yet to play out.

46

2019 Annual ReportMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)KPMG LLP 
100 New Park Place, 
Suite 1400 
Vaughan, ON  L4K 0J3 
Tel 905-265 5900 
Fax 905-265 6390 
www.kpmg.ca 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

To the Shareholders of CCL Industries Inc. 

Opinion 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of CCL Industries Inc. (the Entity), which comprise:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

the consolidated income statements for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended

 and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant  
accounting policies

(hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”). 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of the Entity as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and its consolidated financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the “Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Statements” section of our auditors’ report. 

We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Emphasis of Matter – Prospective Change in Accounting Policy 

We draw attention to Note 3q to the consolidated financial statements, which indicates that the Entity has 
changed its accounting policy for the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases and has applied that change 
using a modified retrospective approach. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter. 

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent 
member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 
KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP.

47

2019 Annual ReportOther Information 

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises:

• 

• 

 the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian 
Securities Commissions.

 the information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a 
document likely to be entitled “Annual Report”.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other 
information appears to be materially misstated. 

We obtained the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian 
Securities Commissions as at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we have performed on this 
other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact in the auditors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document 
likely to be entitled “Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditors’ report. 
If, based on the work we will perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact to those charged with governance. 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process. 

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements. 

48

2019 Annual ReportAs part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. 

We also:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud 
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control.

 Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Entity's internal control.

 Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity's ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to 
the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

 Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in 
a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit.

 Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters 
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 
business activities within the Group Entity to express an opinion on the financial statements. We 
are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants 
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Tammy L. Brown. 
Vaughan, Canada 
February 20, 2020

49

2019 Annual ReportC O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N 

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

As at December 31 

Assets
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents 
  Trade and other receivables 
  Inventories 
  Prepaid expenses 
  Income taxes recoverable 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Right-of-use assets  
  Goodwill 
  Intangible assets 
  Deferred tax assets 
  Equity-accounted investments 
  Other assets 
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
  Trade and other payables 
  Current portion of long-term debt   
  Lease liabilities 
  Income taxes payable   
  Derivative instruments 

Total current liabilities  

Non-current liabilities   
  Long-term debt 
  Lease liabilities 
  Deferred tax liabilities  
  Employee benefits 
  Provisions and other long-term liabilities  
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
  Share capital 
  Contributed surplus 
  Retained earnings 
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company 

  Commitments and contingencies 
  Acquisitions 
  Subsequent events 

Total liabilities and equity 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

50

  Note 

2019 

2018

6 
7 
8 

10 
11 
 12,13 
 12,13 
15 
9 

24 

14 
18 

24 

18 

15 
20 

24 

16 

29 

26 
5 
31 

$ 

$ 

703.6 
849.2 
481.6 
36.6 
34.0 

589.1
938.0
524.6
34.8
38.7

2,105.0 

2,125.2

1,818.2 
146.5 
1,794.4 
1,028.7 
30.8 
62.0 
34.5 
17.9 

4,933.0 

$ 

7,038.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,035.6 
38.8 
35.3 
38.1 
0.2 

1,148.0 

2,234.8 
110.9 
245.4 
364.9 
11.4 
24.9 

2,992.3 

4,140.3 

365.5 
81.5 
2,540.0 
(89.3) 

2,897.7 

1,797.5
—
1,830.3
1,138.9
32.5
59.8
34.3
9.1

4,902.4

7,027.6

1,223.4
71.8
—
51.2
0.5

1,346.9

2,419.8
—
216.6
320.0
10.6
40.6

3,007.6

4,354.5

306.3
92.7
2,238.9
35.2

2,673.1

$ 

7,038.0 

$ 

7,027.6

Donald G. Lang
Director

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director 

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   I N C O M E   S TAT E M E N T S

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Years ended December 31 

Sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 

Net finance cost 

Earnings before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings  

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

  Note 

30 

19 
19 
11 

22 

  2,17 

  2,17 

2019 

5,321.3 
3,809.1 

1,512.2 
774.6 
25.0 
(5.4) 

718.0 

86.7 
(12.0) 
6.3 

81.0 

637.0 
159.9 

477.1 

2.68 

2.66 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018

5,161.5
3,662.7

1,498.8
785.8
14.8
(5.3)

703.5

92.9
(12.2)
—

80.7

622.8
156.0

466.8

2.64

2.61

51

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
  Foreign currency translation adjustment for foreign operations, net of tax recovery  

  of $7.8 for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018 – tax expense of $8.7)  

  Net gains (losses) on hedges of net investment in foreign operations, net of tax expense 

  of $15.6 for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018 – tax recovery of $14.9) 

  Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of nil  

for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018 – tax recovery of $0.2) 

  Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement, net of  

tax recovery of $0.1 for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018 – tax expense of $1.1) 

  Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit post-employment plans, net of  

tax recovery of $10.5 for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018 – tax expense of $2.6) 

  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

2019 

$ 

477.1 

$ 

2018

466.8

(230.4) 

105.6 

(0.1) 

0.4 

(54.9) 

(179.4) 

206.5

(112.7)

(0.6)

(5.1)

10.6

98.7

$ 

297.7 

$ 

565.5

52

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Class A 
Shares 
(note 16) 

Class B 
Shares 
(note 16) 

Shares 
Held 
in Trust 
(note 16) 

Total 
Share  Contributed 
Surplus 

Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 

Total 
Equity 
Comprehensive  Attributable
to 
(Loss)  Shareholders

Income 

Retained 
Earnings 

Balance, January 1, 2018 

  $ 

4.5  $ 

304.6  $ 

(29.7)  $ 

279.4 

$ 

78.0  $ 

1,853.4 

$ 

(52.9)  $ 

2,157.9

Net earnings 
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Shares purchased and held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive income 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
4.2 
— 
— 
23.0 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

466.8 

— 

466.8

— 
— 
— 
— 
(0.3)   
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
4.2 
(0.3) 
— 
23.0 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
8.9 
0.3 
9.6 
(3.9) 
(0.2) 
— 

(6.0) 
(85.9) 
10.6 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
88.1 

(6.0)
(85.9)
10.6
13.1
—
9.6
19.1
(0.2)
88.1

Balance, December 31, 2018   

  $ 

4.5  $ 

331.8  $ 

(30.0)  $ 

306.3 

$ 

92.7  $ 

2,238.9 

$ 

35.2  $ 

2,673.1

Net earnings  
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial losses, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Shares purchased and held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive loss 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
3.1 
— 
— 
26.1 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

477.1 

— 

477.1

— 
— 
— 
— 
30.0 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
3.1 
30.0 
— 
26.1 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
12.1 
(30.0) 
10.2 
(4.4) 
0.9 
— 

(7.9) 
(113.2) 
(54.9) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(124.5)   

(7.9)
(113.2)
(54.9)
15.2
—
10.2
21.7
0.9
(124.5)

Balance, December 31, 2019 

  $ 

4.5  $ 

361.0  $ 

—  $ 

365.5 

$ 

81.5  $  2,540.0 

$ 

(89.3)  $  2,897.7

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

53

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Cash provided by (used for) 

Operating activities 
Net earnings 
Adjustments for: 
  Property, plant and equipment depreciation 
  Right-of-use assets depreciation 
  Intangible amortization 
  Earnings in equity-accounted investments, net of dividends received 
  Net finance costs 
  Current income tax expense 
  Deferred tax expense   
  Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
  Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

  Change in inventories  
  Change in trade and other receivables 
  Change in prepaid expenses 
  Change in trade and other payables  
  Change in income taxes receivable and payable 
  Change in employee benefits 
  Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Cash provided by operating activities 

Financing activities 
  Proceeds on issuance of long-term debt 
  Repayment of long-term debt 
  Repayment of lease liabilities 
  Proceeds from issuance of shares 
  Dividends paid 

Cash used for financing activities 

Investing activities 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment 
  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
  Business acquisitions and other long-term investments (note 5) 

Cash used for investing activities 

  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
  Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

54

2019 

2018

$ 

477.1 

$ 

466.8

234.0 
39.1 
56.5 
(2.1) 
81.0 
122.6 
37.3 
26.3 
(3.6) 

1,068.2 
44.5 
90.8 
(1.8) 
(197.1) 
(1.7) 
44.9 
(63.9) 

983.9 
(72.3) 
(132.1) 

779.5 

175.1 
(294.9) 
(37.0) 
21.7 
(121.1) 

(256.2) 

(345.6) 
9.9 
(40.4) 

(376.1) 

147.2 
589.1 
(32.7) 

$ 

703.6 

$ 

223.3
—
54.7
(1.5)
80.7
139.4
16.6
22.9
(3.6)

999.3
(62.1)
(58.5)
(1.1)
149.4
(8.6)
(13.6)
1.4

1,006.2
(76.8)
(156.7)

772.7

888.5
(882.7)
—
19.1
(92.2)

(67.3)

(352.9)
22.7
(365.9)

(696.1)

9.3
557.5
22.3

589.1

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

1 .   R E P O R T I N G   E N T I T Y

CCL Industries Inc. (the “Company”) is a public company, listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada. These consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 
2019 and 2018, comprise the results of the Company, its subsidiaries and its interest in joint ventures and associates. The 
Company has manufacturing facilities around the world and is primarily involved in the manufacture of labels, consumer 
printable media products, technology-driven label solutions, polymer banknote substrates and specialty films. 

2 .     B A S I S   O F   P R E PA R AT I O N

(a)   Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) and IFRS interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). 

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 21, 2020.

(b)  Basis of measurement 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items in 
the statements of financial position:

•  Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; 

•  Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value; and

•   Assets related to the defined benefit plans are measured at fair value and liabilities related to the defined benefit plans are 

calculated by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

(c)  Presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s presentation currency. 
All financial information, except per share information, is presented in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

(d)  Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of recognized transactions and balances.

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgments, apart from those 
involving estimations, that can significantly affect the amounts it recognizes in the financial statements. 

Judgments, estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors 
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

The Company has applied judgment in its assessment of the classification of financial instruments, the recognition and 
derecognition of tax losses and provisions, the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the identification of the 
indicators of impairment for property and equipment and intangible assets, the level of componentization of property and 
equipment and the allocation of purchase price adjustments on business combinations. 

Estimates  are  used  when  determining  the  amounts  recorded  for  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment, intangible assets and right-of-use assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment 
benefits,  income  and  other  taxes,  provisions,  lease  liabilities,  certain  fair  value  measures  including  those  related  to  the 
valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments and in the valuation of goodwill and 
intangible assets.

55

2019 Annual Report3 .     S I G N I F I C A N T   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all comparative information presented in these 
consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations

The  Company  measures  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  including  the  recognized  amount  of 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase 
gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company elects to measure, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, non-
controlling interest either at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets 
at the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the 
Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

(ii)  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, when necessary, 
to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.

(iii)  Associates and joint arrangements

The Company’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates and joint ventures.

Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control or joint control over the financial 
and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 50% of the 
voting power of another entity. 

The Company classifies its interest in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Company has rights to the assets 
and has obligations for the liabilities relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Company has the rights only to the 
net assets of an arrangement). When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, the 
legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.

Investments  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  and  are  recognized  initially  at 
cost. The Company's investments include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company's share of the income and expenses and equity movements of 
equity-accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date 
that significant influence commences until the date that it ceases. When the Company's share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to nil 
and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has made 
payments on behalf of the investee.

(iv)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Inter-company balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from inter-company transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-
accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company's interest in the investee. Unrealized 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

(b)  Foreign currency

(i)  Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company’s entities using 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
reporting date are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in the foreign currency translated 
at the exchange rate at the end of the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are measured at fair value are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was 
determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except 

56

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)for differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign 
operation or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (see note 3(b)(iii)). 
Foreign currency-denominated non-monetary items, measured at historical cost, have been translated at the rate of exchange 
at the transaction date.

(ii)  Foreign operations

The financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are 
translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations 
are translated into Canadian dollars using the average exchange rates for the period.

Foreign  currency  differences  are  recognized  directly  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  within  the  foreign 
currency translation adjustment.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the amount in other comprehensive income related to the foreign operation is fully 
transferred to the consolidated income statement. A disposal occurs when the entire interest in the foreign operation is 
disposed of, or, in the case of a partial disposal, the partial disposal results in the loss of control of a subsidiary or the loss of 
significant influence. For any partial disposal of the Company’s interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the 
Company re-attributes the proportionate share of the relevant amounts in other comprehensive income to non-controlling 
interests. For any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the Company reclassifies to the consolidated income statement 
only the proportionate share of the relevant amount in other comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from, or payable to, a foreign operation, the 
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in 
a foreign operation and are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within the foreign currency 
translation adjustment.

(iii)  Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation

The Company applies hedge accounting to the foreign currency exposure arising between the functional currency of the 
foreign operation and the parent entity’s functional currency, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly or 
through an intermediate parent.

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a 
foreign operation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the consolidated income statement. When the hedged 
part of a net investment is disposed of or partially disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is transferred to 
the consolidated income statement as an adjustment to the consolidated income statement on disposal, in accordance with 
the policy described in note 3(b)(ii).

(c)  Financial instruments 

(i)  Financial assets and liabilities

The Company recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently measures them at 
either fair value or amortized cost based on the following classifications:

Amortized cost:

The Company classifies financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows at amortized cost, including cash and cash 
equivalents and trade and other receivables. The Company initially recognizes the carrying amount of such assets on the 
consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  at  fair  value  plus  directly  attributable  transaction  costs,  and  subsequently 
measures them at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”):

Financial assets and financial liabilities purchased or incurred, respectively, with the intention of generating earnings in 
the near term are classified as FVTPL. This category includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities that do not qualify 
for hedge accounting, if any. For items classified as FVTPL, the Company initially recognizes such financial assets on the 
consolidated statement of financial position at fair value and recognizes subsequent changes in the consolidated income 
statement. Transaction costs incurred are expensed in the consolidated income statements. The Company does not currently 
hold any assets and liabilities designated as FVTPL. 

57

2019 Annual ReportFair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”):

This category includes the Company’s investments in securities. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair 
value on the consolidated statement of financial position and changes therein are recognized in other comprehensive income. 
When an investment is derecognized, the accumulated gain or loss in other comprehensive income is not transferred to the 
consolidated income statement.

Other financial liabilities:

This category is for financial liabilities that are not classified as FVTPL or FVTOCI and includes trade and other payables and 
long-term debt. These financial liabilities are recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.

(ii)  Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest-rate-risk exposure and price-
risk exposure related to the purchase of raw materials. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and 
accounted for separately. If the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are 
not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a 
derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through the income statement. Changes in the fair 
value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement.

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) 
and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together 
with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes periodic 
assessments of prospective hedge effectiveness. 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price, if available. If a listed market price is not 
available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current 
forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting 
estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for a similar 
instrument at the measurement date.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the group 
entity and counterparty when appropriate.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the 
effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented 
in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit 
or loss in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the statement of 
comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized 
immediately in the consolidated income statement.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or 
the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  in  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  in  equity 
remains there until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. 
If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized 
immediately in profit or loss. In other cases, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the 
consolidated income statement in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

58

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments. Changes 
in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated income statement 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

(d)  Property, plant and equipment

(i)  Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working 
condition for their intended uses, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which 
they are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of 
that equipment. 

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on the amount 
for  which  a  property  could  be  exchanged  on  the  date  of  valuation  between  knowledgeable,  willing  parties  in  an  arm’s 
length transaction.

Borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the cost 
of the assets. 

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items 
(major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

The cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is 
probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant 
and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii)  Depreciation 

Depreciation is calculated based on the cost of the asset or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value. 

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of 
property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic 
benefits embodied in the asset. 

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

•  Buildings  
•  Machinery and equipment  
•  Fixtures and fittings  
•  Minor components  

Up to 40 years  
Up to 20 years  
Up to 10 years  
Up to 5 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 

(e)  Intangible assets

(i)  Goodwill

Goodwill  arises  on  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  and  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For measurement of goodwill at initial recognition, 
see note 3(a)(i).

Subsequent measurement

Goodwill is measured at cost, less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity-accounted investments, the carrying 
amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment.

59

2019 Annual Report(ii)  Other intangible assets

Intangible  assets  consist  of  patents,  trademarks,  brands,  software  and  the  value  of  acquired  customer  relationships. 
Impairment losses for intangible assets where the carrying value is not recoverable are measured based on fair value. Fair 
value is calculated by using discounted cash flows. 

The fair values of customer relationships acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess 
earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part of creating 
the related cash flows. 

The fair values of brands acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess earnings method 
or the relief of royalty method, whereby the value of the brand is equal to the royalty savings from having ownership as 
opposed to licensing the brand. 

Amortization is recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 
intangible assets, other than indefinite-life intangible assets, such as brands and goodwill, from the date that they are available 
for use. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years are as follows: 

•  Patents, trademarks and other 
•  Customer relationships 
•  Brands and goodwill 

Up to 15 years 
Up to 20 years 
Indefinite-life

(f)  Leases

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the 
underlying asset is of low value. The right-of-use asset is measured based on the initial value of the lease liability adjusted 
for lease payments made at or before the commencement of the lease, initial direct costs and estimated dismantling and 
restoring costs. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the asset’s useful life, unless it is 
reasonably certain the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, in which case the asset is depreciated 
over its useful life. 

The  lease  liability  is  measured  at  the  present  value  of  all  future  lease  payments  discounted  at  the  lessee’s  incremental 
borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method whereby interest is 
recognized in profit or loss over the lease term.

The Company has adopted the practical expedients related to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets whereby lease 
obligations associated with these leases are recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement when incurred.

(g)  Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, first-out 
principle and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs, and other costs 
incurred in bringing them to their existing locations and conditions. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in 
progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion 
and selling.

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the 
effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

Estimates regarding obsolete and slow-moving inventory are also computed.

(h)  Impairment

(i)  Financial assets, including receivables

A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence 
that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates an expected credit loss (“ECL”). 
Loss allowances are measured on the basis of lifetime ECLs where losses are recognized from all possible default events over 
the expected life of a financial instrument. 

The Company considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortized cost at both a specific asset and 
a collective level. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost are assessed for specific impairment. 
All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost that are found not to be specifically impaired are then 
collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. 

60

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)  
  
  
In assessing collective impairment, the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and 
the amount of expected loss, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current and expected future economic and 
credit conditions are such that the expected losses are likely to be greater or less than those suggested by historical trends. 

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its 
carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate and 
reflected in an allowance account against trade receivables. Losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement. 
When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed 
through profit or loss.

(ii)  Non-financial assets 

The carrying amounts of non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting 
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the impairment would be 
recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Impairments are recorded when the expected recoverable amount of assets is less than their carrying amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s or a cash-generating unit’s fair value, less the cost to sell and its value in use. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment 
testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash 
inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. For the 
purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the CGU, or the group 
of CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment 
ceiling test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. An impairment 
loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses 
are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses, other than those relating to goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals 
when events or changes in circumstances warrant such consideration. 

The carrying values of finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-life 
intangibles are tested annually for impairment. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior 
years are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the losses have decreased or no longer exist. An impairment 
loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss 
is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an equity-accounted investment is not recognized separately and therefore 
is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the equity-accounted investment is tested for impairment 
as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the equity-accounted investment may be impaired.

(i)  Employee benefits

(i)  Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated income statement in the 
period that the service is rendered by the employee.

(ii)  Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company's net obligation 
in respect of defined benefit post-employment plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future 
benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to 
determine its present value using a discount rate comparable to high-quality corporate bonds. Any unrecognized past service 
costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the 
projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the recognized asset is limited to the 
total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future 
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit is available to the Company if it 
is realizable during the life of the plan or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

61

2019 Annual ReportWhen the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is 
recognized in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become 
vested.  To  the  extent  that  the  benefits  vest  immediately,  the  expense  is  recognized  immediately  in  the  consolidated 
income statement.

The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive 
income immediately and reports them in retained earnings.

The Company determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the discount 
rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit 
liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the period as a result of the contributions 
and benefit balances. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are recognized in profit 
or loss. 

(iii)  Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility 
of  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan  to  either  terminate  employment  before  the  normal  retirement  date  or  provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary 
redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the 
offer will be accepted and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable more than 12 months 
after the reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. 

(iv)  Short-term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized as the related service 
is provided.

(v)  Share-based payment transactions

For equity-settled share-based plans, the grant date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an employee 
expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options for which the related 
service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met. The fair value of employee stock options is measured 
using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement date, the exercise price of 
the instrument, the expected volatility, the weighted average expected life of the instrument, the expected dividends, and 
the risk-free interest rate. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into 
account in determining fair value.

For equity-settled share-based deferred share unit (“DSU”) plans, the grant date fair value of deferred share units is recognized 
as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity. The grant date fair value is not subsequently remeasured. 
The value of DSUs received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel expense in selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated income statement.

For cash-settled share-based DSU plans, the fair value of the amount payable for deferred share units is recognized as an 
expense, with a corresponding increase in liabilities when they are issued. The fair value of a DSU is measured using the 
average of the high and low trading prices of the Class B shares for the five trading days immediately preceding the date 
of issue and is remeasured, using a similar five-day average, at the financial statement date and at the settlement date. Any 
changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as a personnel expense in the consolidated income statement. The 
value of DSUs received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel cost in the consolidated income statement.

(j)  Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions 
are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost. 

62

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)(k)  Revenue

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. Revenue is recognized as performance 
obligations are satisfied and the Company transfers control of a product or service to a customer. For performance obligations 
satisfied at a point in time, revenue is recognized when the Company has a present right to payment, the buyer has legal title 
to the asset, physical possession of the asset has transferred to the buyer, the buyer has the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership and the buyer has accepted the asset. Generally, the buyer obtains control at the time goods are shipped, the 
product is delivered or services are rendered. For performance obligations satisfied over time, revenue is recognized by 
measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. For customer contracts that contain 
multiple performance obligations, each element is treated separately for revenue recognition purposes. For these contracts, 
the total transaction price is allocated to each obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price. Revenue is then 
recognized for each obligation when the relevant recognition criteria are met.

Certain contracts with customers contain incentives, including the payment of discounts based on quantities purchased. 
These incentives represent variable consideration and are estimated and recognized as a deduction of related revenues. 

(l)  Finance income and costs 

Finance income comprises interest income on invested funds, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, and 
gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Interest income is recognized as it 
accrues in the consolidated income statement, using the effective interest method. 

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value 
of financial assets at FVTPL, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are 
recognized in the consolidated income statement. All borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated income statement 
using the effective interest method, except for those amounts capitalized as part of the cost of qualifying property, plant 
and equipment.

(m)  Taxation

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the consolidated income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 
In such cases, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

(i)  Current tax

Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are not taxable or not deductible. Current 
tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and 
includes any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in 
tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. Provisions are established 
where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

(ii)   Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated using tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and which are expected 
to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.

(iii)  Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized 
for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

(iv)  Deferred tax assets

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed 
at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. 

Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill or in respect of 
temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets and liabilities acquired other than in a business combination 
and that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

63

2019 Annual Report(n) 

 Share capital

All shares are recorded as equity. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes 
directly attributable costs, net of any tax effect, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as 
treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When repurchased shares are sold or reissued subsequently, 
the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred 
to retained earnings.

(o) 

 Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its Class B shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 
dividing net earnings attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting net earnings attributable to shareholders and the weighted average 
number of shares outstanding for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which primarily comprise share options granted 
to employees.

(p)  Segment reporting

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Company that is engaged either in providing related products and services 
(business segment) or in providing products and services within a particular economic environment (geographical segment) 
and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other segments. Segment information is presented 
in respect of the Company’s business and geographical segments. The Company’s primary format for segment reporting is 
based on business segments. The business segments are determined based on the Company’s management and internal 
reporting structure.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly other investments and related revenue, loans and borrowings 
and related expenses, corporate assets (primarily the Company’s headquarters) and head office expenses. Segment capital 
expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, other 
than goodwill.

(q)  New standards effective in 2019

IFRS 16 Leases (“IFRS 16”)

In January 2016, IFRS 16 was issued by the IASB. This standard introduces a single-lessee accounting model and requires a 
lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of 
low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease 
liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor accounting 
requirements of IAS 17, Leases, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease 
accounting model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. The Company adopted IFRS 16 in its consolidated 
financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach and the 
practical expedients related to (i) grandfathering previous assessments of which existing contracts are, or contain, leases, 
(ii) short-term leases, and, (iii) leases of low-value items. Lease obligations associated with short-term and low-value leases are 
recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement, when incurred. Accordingly, the comparative information 
for 2018 has not been restated and is presented under IAS 17.

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months unless the 
underlying asset is of low value. The right-of-use asset is measured based on the initial value of the lease liability adjusted 
for lease payments made at or before the commencement of the lease, initial direct costs and estimated dismantling and 
restoration costs. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the asset's useful life unless it 
is reasonably certain the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, in which case the asset is depreciated 
over its useful life.

The  lease  liability  is  measured  at  the  present  value  of  all  future  lease  payments  discounted  at  the  lessee’s  incremental 
borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method whereby interest is 
recognized in profit or loss over the lease term.

Upon  adoption  of  IFRS  16,  the  Company  recognized  $167.6  million  for  right-of-use  assets,  a  corresponding  additional 
$171.7 million of lease liabilities and a reduction in other liabilities of $4.1 million in its consolidated statement of financial position. 

64

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)Impacts on consolidated financial statements:

Operating lease commitment at December 31, 2018, as disclosed in the  
  Company's consolidated financial statements 

Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 2019 
Financial lease liabilities recognized as at December 31, 2018 

Lease liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

204.8

171.7
2.6

174.3

IFRIC Interpretation 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (“IFRIC 23”)

In June 2017, IFRIC 23 was issued by the IASB. The interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred 
tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation requires 
an entity to contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately or together as a group, based 
on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution, to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will 
accept the uncertain tax treatment, and, if it is not probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the 
tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the 
resolution of the uncertainty. The Company adopted the IFRIC 23 in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on 
January 1, 2019. The impact of adoption of the interpretation is immaterial on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4 .    S E G M E N T   R E P O R T I N G

(a)  Business segments

The  Company  has  four  reportable  segments,  as  described  below,  which  are  the  Company’s  main  business  units.  The 
business units offer different products and services and are managed separately as they require different technology and 
marketing strategies. For each of the business units, the Company’s CEO, the chief operating decision maker, reviews internal 
management reports regularly. 

The Company's reportable segments are the following: 

•   CCL is a converter of pressure sensitive and specialty extruded film materials for a wide range of decorative, instructional, 
functional and security applications for government institutions and large global customers in the consumer packaging, 
healthcare & chemicals, consumer electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded & laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated & die cut components, electronic displays, 
polymer  banknote  substrate  and  other  complementary  products  and  services  are  sold  in  parallel  to  specific  end-use 
markets.

•   Avery is a supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses 
and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass-market retailers. The products 
are split into three primary lines: (1) Printable Media, including address labels, shipping labels, marketing and product 
identification labels, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software solutions; (2) Organizational 
Products Group, including binders, sheet protectors, indexes & dividers and writing instruments; (3) Direct-to-Consumer 
digitally imaged media including labels, business cards, name badges, and family-oriented identification labels supported 
by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs. 

•   Checkpoint  is  a  manufacturer  of  technology-driven  loss-prevention,  inventory-management  and  labeling  solutions, 
including radio frequency and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The 
Segment has three primary product lines: Merchandise Availability Solutions (“MAS”), Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) 
and “Meto”. The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags 
for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some 
of which are RFID capable. Meto supplies hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays.

•   Innovia supplies specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene ("BOPP") 
films from facilities in Australia, Belgium, Mexico and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) to customers in the pressure sensitive 
label materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide. Additionally, a small percentage 
of the total volume is sold internally to CCL Secure, while the smaller legacy facilities produce almost their entire output 
for CCL Label.

65

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Finance cost 
Finance income 
Interest on lease liabilities 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings 

Operating Income

$ 

2019 

3,300.9 
739.0 
724.1 
557.3 

$ 

Sales 

2018 

3,255.1 
711.9 
712.9 
481.6 

$ 

$ 

2019 

494.3 
156.5  
96.4 
40.1 

$ 

5,321.3 

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

787.3 

$ 

(49.7) 
(25.0) 
5.4 
(86.7) 
12.0 
(6.3) 
(159.9) 

2018

511.3
145.5
101.3
17.6

775.7

(62.7)
(14.8)
5.3
(92.9)
12.2
—
(156.0)

Total Assets 

Total Liabilities

Depreciation 
and Amortization 

Capital Expenditures

$ 

477.1 

$ 

466.8

December 31 

2019 

2018 

  2019 

2018 

2019  

2018 

2019 

2018

CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Equity-accounted investments  
Corporate 

$  3,634.3 
  638.2 
  934.1 
  1,090.8 
62.0 
678.6 

$  3,645.8 
637.4 
978.0 
  1,140.7 
59.8 
565.9 

$  964.1 
236.7 
486.8 
261.7 
— 
  2,191.0 

$  947.5 
237.3 
451.2 
225.2 
— 
  2,493.3 

$  221.4 
24.1 
37.8 
44.7 
— 
1.6 

$  194.9 
17.6 
27.9 
36.6 
— 
1.0 

$  272.7 
13.5 
28.9 
30.2 
— 
0.3 

$  280.0
11.6
37.9
22.7
—
0.7

Total 

$  7,038.0 

$  7,027.6 

$  4,140.3 

$ 4,354.5 

$  329.6 

$  278.0 

$  345.6 

$  352.9

(b) Geographical segments

The CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments are managed on a worldwide basis but operate in the following geographical 
areas:

•  Canada; 
•  United States and Puerto Rico; 
•  Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina; 
•  Europe; and 
•  Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand.

Canada 
United States and Puerto Rico 
Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina 
Europe 
Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand 

$ 

$ 

2019 

134.2 
2,152.3 
439.9 
1,656.1 
938.8 

Sales 

2018 

152.6 
1,995.5 
398.2 
1,682.3 
932.9 

$ 

2019 

62.7 
1,153.8 
572.3 
1,597.5 
1,255.0 

Property, Plant and  
Equipment, Goodwill  
and Intangible Assets

$ 

2018

78.8
1,162.6
586.0
1,643.0
1,296.3

Consolidated 

$ 

5,321.3 

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

4,641.3 

$ 

4,766.7

The geographical segment is determined based on the location from which the sale is made.

66

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   AC Q U I S I T I O N S 

(a)   Acquisitions in 2019

In January 2019, the Company acquired Olympic Holding B.V. and its related subsidiaries (“Olympic”), a privately-owned 
company based in Venray, Netherlands, for approximately $13.6 million, net of cash acquired. Olympic is a start-up technology 
company with a proprietary, patented process to produce high-bond, acrylic foam tapes without the use of solvents for 
applications in the automotive, electronics and construction industries. Olympic was added to the CCL Segment.

In January 2019, the Company acquired Easy2Name Limited (“E2N”), a privately-owned company based near Newbury in the 
U.K. for approximately $2.5 million, net of cash acquired. E2N expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online digital print offering 
of durable, personalized “kids' labels” to the U.K. market. E2N was added to the Avery Segment.

In March 2019, the Company and its joint-venture partner each invested an additional $0.7 million in Rheinfelden Americas, 
LLC, a supplier of aluminum slugs for aerosol cans. 

In April 2019, the Company acquired Hinsitsu Screen (Vietnam) Company Limited (“Hinsitsu”), based in Hanoi, with a second 
manufacturing operation in Ho Chi Minh City, for approximately $12.9 million, net of cash acquired. Hinsitsu is a leading 
supplier of durable and tamper-evident labels and graphic overlays for the electronics industry in Vietnam. Hinsitsu was 
added to the CCL Segment.

In May 2019, the Company acquired Colle À Moi Inc. ("CAM"), a privately-owned company based in Quebec City, Canada, for 
approximately $3.1 million, net of cash acquired. CAM adds to Avery's direct-to-consumer online digital print capabilities for 
personalized "kids' labels".

In June 2019, the Company acquired Say it Personally Limited (“STS”), a privately-owned company based near East Grinstead 
in the U.K. for approximately $0.4 million, net of cash acquired. STS is a manufacturer of durable, personalized garment tags 
for the U.K. market and expands Avery’s direct-to-consumer online product offerings.

In November 2019, the Company acquired the shares of Stuck On You Holdings Pty Ltd and Stuck on You Trading Pty Ltd 
(collectively “SOY”), two privately-owned companies based in Melbourne, Australia, for approximately $7.2 million, net of cash 
acquired. SOY adds to Avery's direct-to-consumer online digital print capabilities for personalized "kids' labels".

(b)  The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the Olympic, E2N, Hinsitsu, CAM, STS and SOY acquisitions:

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Goodwill 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Income taxes payable 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

$ 

39.7 

2.0 
1.4 
3.1 
1.3 
0.3 
35.6 
(2.6)
(1.2)
(0.2)

39.7 

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of operations. The total 
amount of goodwill for Olympic, E2N, Hinsitsu, CAM, STS and SOY is $35.6 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes.

67

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  The following table summarizes the combined sales and net earnings that the newly-acquired Olympic, E2N, Hinsitsu, 
CAM, STS and SOY have contributed to the Company for the current reporting period.

Sales 

Net earnings  

(d)   Pro forma information

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2019

$ 

$ 

14.4

1.6

The pro forma consolidated financial information below has been prepared following the accounting policies of the Company 
as if the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2019.

The pro forma consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily 
indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken 
place  on  the  dates  indicated,  or  the  future  consolidated  results  of  operations  or  financial  position  of  the  consolidated 
company. Future results may vary significantly from the pro forma results presented. 

The  historical  consolidated  financial  information  has  been  adjusted  in  preparing  the  pro  forma  consolidated  financial 
information to give effect to events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with 
respect to revenues and earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of CCL Industries Inc. As such, the 
impact from acquisition-related expenses is not included in the accompanying pro forma consolidated financial information. 
The pro forma consolidated financial information does not reflect any cost savings (or associated costs to achieve such 
savings) from operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructuring that could result from the acquisitions. 

The following table summarizes the sales and net earnings of the Company combined with Olympic, E2N, Hinsitsu, CAM, STS 
and SOY as though the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2019: 

Sales 

Net earnings  

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2019

$ 

$ 

5,333.8

478.4

(e)  Acquisition of Treofan America Inc. and Trespaphan Mexico Holdings GmbH

In July 2018, the Company acquired Treofan America Inc. and Trespaphan Mexico Holdings GmbH (“Treofan”) from their 
ultimate parent, M&C S.p.A., an Italian public company listed on the Milan stock exchange. Treofan, based in Zacapu, Mexico, 
is a leading producer of BOPP film for the North American market. The purchase price, net of cash acquired, is approximately 
$307.6 million, inclusive of $43.6 million of capital additions incurred between announcement date and closing date for the 
construction of its new film line. Treofan immediately commenced trading as Innovia Films. 

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other long-term assets   
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

$ 

307.6 

37.0 
34.5 
16.9 
90.4 
3.8 
140.1 
47.7 
(48.9)
(13.9)

307.6 

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of operations. The 
total amount of goodwill and intangible assets for Treofan is $187.8 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes.

68

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Other acquisitions in 2018

In January 2018, the Company acquired Fascia Graphics Ltd. ("Fascia"), a privately-owned company in the United Kingdom, 
for approximately $9.3 million, net of cash acquired. Fascia is a manufacturer of graphic overlays, membrane-switch control 
panels and nameplates for large European OEM customers in the electronics and durables sector and brings expertise in 
printed electronics to the Company's product lines. Fascia was added to the CCL Segment.

In February and May 2018, the Company and its joint-venture partner each invested an additional $1.3 million and $1.9 million, 
respectively, in Rheinfelden Americas, LLC, a supplier of aluminum slugs for aerosol cans. 

In April 2018, the Company acquired Imprint Plus, a group of privately-owned companies with common shareholders, based 
in Richmond, British Columbia, Canada, for approximately $24.3 million, net of cash. Imprint Plus expands Avery’s printable 
media depth in custom name badge systems, signage systems and accessories in North America. 

In May 2018, the Company acquired Nortec International Inc. (“Nortec”), a privately-owned company in Israel, for approximately 
$8.8 million in net cash and assumed debt. Nortec is a manufacturer of high-performance labels and marking systems for the 
high-technology sector and expands CCL Design's presence in Israel. Nortec was added to the CCL Segment.

In May 2018, the Company acquired the remaining 50.0% interest in CCL-Korsini (“Korsini”) in-mould label joint venture in the 
United States from its partner for $3.1 million in net cash and $6.7 million in assumed debt.

In December 2018, the Company acquired assets of Unilogo in Poland for approximately $10.7 million in net cash and acquired 
lease  obligations.  Unilogo  is  a  supplier  of  digitally  printed,  pressure  sensitive  and  sleeve  labels  for  consumer  products 
customers. Unilogo was added to the CCL Segment.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the Fascia, Imprint Plus, Nortec, Korsini and Unilogo acquisitions:

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 

Assumed debt 

Fair market value of previously held interest 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other long-term assets   
Goodwill and intangibles 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

6.   C A S H   A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S

Bank balances 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments  

Cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

55.1 

7.8 

62.9 
3.1 

66.0 

7.9 
2.9 
0.1 
11.7 
0.3 
49.2 
(5.4)
(0.3)
 (0.4)

66.0 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

689.2 
8.4 
6.0 

703.6 

$  

$ 

577.7
8.1
3.3

589.1

69

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S

Trade receivables  
Other receivables 

Trade and other receivables 

8 .   I N V E N TO R I E S

Raw material 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Total inventories 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

752.3 
96.9 

849.2 

$ 

$ 

847.3
90.7

938.0

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

200.2 
53.0 
228.4 

481.6 

$ 

$  

210.7
58.3
255.6

524.6

The total amount of inventories recognized as an expense in 2019 was $3,809.1 million (2018 – $3,662.7 million), including 
depreciation of $272.3 million (2018 – $223.3 million). 

9.    E Q U I T Y-AC C O U N T E D   I N V E S T M E N T S 

Summary financial information for equity-accounted investments, including joint ventures and associates, not adjusted for 
the percentage ownership held by the Company is as follows:

At December 31, 2019
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

At December 31, 2018
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.4 
(1.2) 

2.2 

29.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.3 
(5.3) 

2.0 

32.9 

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

5.6 
0.7 

6.3 

26.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.1 
9.1 

14.2 

33.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10.7
(6.5)

4.2

62.0

Total

10.7
9.8

20.5

59.8

70

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 0.  P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2018 
Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

Land and  
Buildings 

683.3 
19.5 
62.7 
(22.7) 
63.0 

Machinery  
and  
Equipment 

Fixtures, 
Fittings  
and Other 

$ 

$ 

2,087.5 
82.0 
285.6 
(60.7) 
89.7 

$ 

36.8 
0.6 
4.6 
(1.0) 
3.4 

Total 

2,807.6
102.1
352.9
(84.4)
156.1

Balance at December 31, 2018 

$ 

805.8 

$ 

2,484.1 

$ 

44.4 

$ 

3,334.3

Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2018 
Depreciation for the year 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

0.4 
34.2 
50.3 
(4.2) 
(37.5) 

849.0 

179.3 
30.5 
(12.5) 
18.9 

$ 

$ 

2.6 
306.8 
(50.9) 
(44.5) 
(172.7) 

2,525.4 

1,092.6 
188.4 
(51.9) 
65.1 

$ 

$ 

0.1 
4.6 
0.6 
(0.3) 
(4.4) 

45.0 

21.0 
4.4 
(0.9) 
1.9 

$ 

$ 

3.1
345.6
—
(49.0)
(214.6)

3,419.4

1,292.9
223.3
(65.3)
85.9

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

$ 

216.2 

$ 

1,294.2 

$ 

26.4 

$ 

1,536.8

Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2018 
At December 31, 2019 

33.6 
— 
(0.9) 
(13.3) 

235.6 

589.6 
613.4 

$ 

$ 
$ 

196.3 
0.1 
(41.5) 
(110.4) 

1,338.7 

1,189.9 
1,186.7 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.1 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
(3.2) 

26.9 

18.0 
18.1 

$ 

$ 
$ 

234.0
—
(42.7)
(126.9)

1,601.2

1,797.5
1,818.2

71

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 1 .   L E A S E S

(a)  Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as 
property, plant and equipment (see note 10).

Land and  
Buildings 

Machinery  
and  
Equipment 

Other 

Total 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Accumulated depreciation  
Balance at January 1, 2019 
Depreciation for the year 
Other movements 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

141.6 
1.1 
5.2 
(1.3) 
(0.7) 

145.9 

— 
26.3 
(0.3) 
(0.4) 

25.6 

120.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

9.9 
0.2 
3.7 
— 
(0.2) 

13.6 

— 
4.1 
(0.2) 
(0.1) 

3.8 

9.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(b)  Amounts recognized in the consolidated income statements and statements of cash flows 

Interest on lease liabilities 
Expenses relating to short-term leases  
Expenses relating to low-value asset leases, excluding short-term leases of low-value assets 
Total cash out-flow for leases 

16.1 
— 
10.1 
(1.4) 
(0.3) 

24.5 

— 
8.7 
(0.5) 
(0.1) 

8.1 

16.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

167.6
1.3
19.0
(2.7)
(1.2)

184.0

—
39.1
(1.0)
(0.6)

37.5

146.5

 December 31, 2019

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

6.3
4.4
0.4
47.7

72

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 .   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S 

Customer 
 Relationships 

Patents,  
  Trademarks  
and Other 

Brands 

 Total 

Goodwill

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2018 
Acquisitions through  
  business combinations 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

637.2 

$ 

182.0 

$ 

425.0 

$ 

 1,244.2 

$ 

 1,580.7

49.3 
23.1 

6.1 
8.3 

— 
28.5 

55.4 
59.9 

181.6
68.0

Balance at December 31, 2018 

$ 

 709.6 

$ 

 196.4 

$ 

453.5  

$ 

1,359.5 

$ 

 1,830.3

Acquisitions through  
  business combinations 
Other additions 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Amortization  
Balance at January 1, 2018 
Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2018 
At December 31, 2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
— 
(30.1) 

679.5 

134.4 
43.2 
3.2 

180.8 

45.0 
(8.2) 

217.6 

528.8 
461.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
0.2 
(14.7) 

181.9 

27.1 
11.5 
1.2 

39.8 

11.5 
(3.2) 

48.1 

156.6 
133.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
— 
(20.5) 

433.0 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

453.5 
433.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
0.2 
(65.3) 

1,294.4 

161.5 
54.7 
4.4 

220.6 

56.5 
(11.4) 

265.7 

1,138.9 
1,028.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

35.6
—
(71.5)

1,794.4

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

1,830.3
1,794.4

1 3 .   G O O DW I L L   A N D   I N D E F I N I T E - L I F E   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  and  indefinite-life  intangible  assets  are  allocated  to  the  Company’s 
operating  segments,  which  represent  the  lowest  level  within  the  Company  at  which  goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal 
management purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets allocated to each unit are as follows:

Goodwill 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Indefinite-life intangible assets – brands 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,111.4 
147.4 
197.3 
338.3 

$ 

1,127.9
139.5
207.3
355.6

1,794.4 

 $ 

1,830.3

192.3 
185.0 
55.7 

433.0 

$ 

$ 

202.4
194.8
56.3

453.5

73

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment  testing  for  goodwill  and  indefinite-life  intangible  assets  was  done  by  a  comparison  of  the  asset’s  carrying 
amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting the CGUs future cash flows. Key assumptions used in the 
determination of the value in use include a growth rate of 2% to 7% and a pre-tax discount rate of 7% to 12%. Discount rates 
reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital. 
The Company’s historical growth rates are used as a basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing.

The Company completed its impairment testing as at September 30, 2019.

The estimated values in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia assets exceeded their carrying values. As a result, no 
goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets impairment was recorded during 2019.

1 4 .   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   PAYA B L E S

Trade payables 
Other payables 

Trade and other payables 

1 5.   D E F E R R E D   TA X

(a)  Unrecognized deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:

Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 
Income tax credits 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

577.2 
458.4 

$ 

673.0
550.4

1,035.6 

 $ 

1,223.4

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

17.9 
59.3 
7.4 

84.6 

$ 

$ 

16.9
72.9
7.7

97.5

The unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses of $14.5 million will expire between 2020 and 2029, $7.1 million will expire 
beyond 2029, and $37.7 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under 
current tax legislation. Income tax credits of $7.4 million will expire between 2020 and 2027 and relate mainly to foreign tax 
credits in the United States. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable 
that future taxable income will be available against which the Company can utilize the benefits therefrom. 

74

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets 

Liabilities 

  Net (Assets) Liabilities

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018 

 December 31,  
2019 

 December 31, 
2018

$ 

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

0.5 
— 
1.6 
12.6 
63.1 
3.4 

8.5 
68.6 
11.5 
— 

$ 

6.2 
— 
8.0 
12.8 
57.7 
14.3 

12.6 
32.4 
17.8 
— 

Balance before offset 

Offset of tax 

169.8 

(139.0) 

161.8 

(129.3) 

$ 

$ 

110.4 
263.6 
0.1 
0.3 
— 
— 

— 
10.0 
— 
— 

384.4 

(139.0) 

68.2 
269.4 
— 
0.5 
— 
— 

— 
7.8 
— 
— 

345.9 

(129.3) 

$ 

109.9 
263.6 
(1.5) 
(12.3) 
(63.1) 
(3.4) 

(8.5) 
(58.6) 
(11.5) 
— 

214.6 

— 

62.0
269.4
(8.0)
(12.3)
(57.7)
(14.3)

(12.6)
(24.6)
(17.8)
—

184.1

—

Balance after offset 

$ 

30.8 

$ 

32.5 

$ 

245.4 

$ 

216.6 

$ 

214.6 

$ 

184.1

Balance at  
December 31, 2018 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized  
in Other 
    Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

 Balance at  
December 31, 2019 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

62.0 
269.4 
(8.0) 
(12.3) 
(57.7) 
(14.3) 

(12.6) 
(24.6) 
(17.8) 
— 

$ 

10.9 
(2.0) 
(1.4) 
(0.5) 
2.8 
11.5 

3.6 
6.8 
5.6 
— 

$ 

184.1 

$ 

37.3 

$ 

0.2 
— 
— 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
— 

— 
(0.3) 
— 
— 

(0.3) 

$ 

$ 

36.8 
(3.8) 
— 
0.6 
2.4 
0.3 

0.5 
(40.5) 
0.7 
— 

$ 

— 
— 
7.9 
— 
(10.5) 
(0.9) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

109.9
263.6
(1.5)
(12.3)
(63.1)
(3.4)

(8.5)
(58.6)
(11.5)
—

$ 

(3.0) 

$ 

(3.5) 

$ 

214.6

75

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
December 31, 2017 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized 
in Other 
Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

Balance at 
December 31, 2018 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

46.0 
253.2 
(1.0) 
(11.2) 
(56.0) 
(13.5) 

(14.6) 
(25.5) 
(22.7) 
— 

$ 

5.2 
(0.8) 
(0.4) 
(0.8) 
(0.7) 
(0.2) 

3.1 
2.9 
8.3 
— 

$ 

6.6 
13.9 
— 
0.2 
(0.7) 
— 

— 
(2.6) 
(1.9) 
— 

$ 

4.2 
3.1 
(0.2) 
(0.5) 
(2.9) 
(0.8) 

(1.1) 
0.6 
(1.5) 
— 

$ 

— 
— 
(6.4) 
— 
2.6 
0.2 

— 
— 
— 
— 

62.0
269.4
(8.0)
(12.3)
(57.7)
(14.3)

(12.6)
(24.6)
(17.8)
—

$  

154.7 

$ 

16.6 

$ 

15.5 

$ 

0.9 

$ 

(3.6) 

$ 

184.1

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax liabilities were not recognized as at December 31, 2019 is $1,918.0 million (2018 – $1,727.1 million).

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax assets were not recognized as at December 31, 2019, is $21.1 million (2018 – $26.9 million).

Included within Translation and Others in 2019 is the amount for initial recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding 
lease liabilities following the adoption of IFRS 16. Both accounts are separate line items on the consolidated statement of 
financial position.

1 6.  S H A R E   C A P I TA L    

Shares issued (in millions) 

Balance, January 1, 2018  
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2018 
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2019 

Class A 
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

$ 

  $ 

$ 

Amount 

4.5 
— 
— 

4.5 
— 
— 

4.5 

Class B 
Shares  

165.0 
0.8 
0.1 

165.9 
0.8 
0.1 

Amount  

Total 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

304.6 
23.0 
4.2 

331.8 
26.1 
3.1 

309.1
23.0
4.2

336.3
26.1
3.1

365.5

166.8 

$ 

361.0 

$ 

At December 31, 2019, the authorized share capital comprised an unlimited number of Class A voting shares and an unlimited 
number of Class B non-voting shares. The Class A and Class B shares have no par value. All issued shares are fully paid. Both 
Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity.

(a)  Class A

The holders of Class A shares receive dividends set at $0.01 per share per annum less than Class B shares, they are entitled 
to one vote per share at meetings of the Company and their shares are convertible at any time into Class B shares. 

(b)  Class B

Class B shares rank equally in all material respects with Class A shares, except as follows:

(i)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive material and attend, but not to vote at, regular shareholder meetings.

(ii)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to voting privileges when consideration for the Class A shares, under a takeover bid 

when voting control has been acquired, exceeds 115% of the market price of the Class B shares.

(iii)  Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive, or have set aside for payment, dividends declared by the Board of 

Directors from time to time, set at $0.01 per share per annum greater than Class A shares. 

76

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

The annual dividends per share were as follows:

Class A share  
Class B share 

Shares held in trust

2019 

0.67 
0.68 

$ 
$ 

2018

0.51
0.52

$ 
$ 

During 2016, the Company granted awards totalling 622,500 Class B shares of the Company. Shares to be used to satisfy 
this obligation were purchased in the open market and were restricted in nature. These share awards were dependent on the 
Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant date fair value of these stock awards was being amortized 
over the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. In 2019, the majority shares were distributed to employees.

1 7.   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E 

Basic earnings per share

The  calculation  of  basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  was  based  on  profit  attributable  to 
Class  A  shares  of  $31.6  million  (2018  –  $31.1  million)  and  Class  B  shares  of  $445.5  million  (2018  –  $435.7  million)  and  a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2018 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 166.2 million (2018 – 165.0 million).

Weighted average number of shares (in millions)

Issued and outstanding shares at January 1  
Effect of stock options exercised 
Effect of deferred share units exercised 
Effect of reciprocal shares vested 

Weighted average number of shares at December 31 

Diluted earnings per share

Class A  
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 
— 

11.8 

2019 

Class B  
Shares 

165.3 
0.4 
— 
0.5 

166.2 

Class A  
Shares  

11.8 
— 
— 
— 

11.8 

2018 

Class B 
Shares 

164.3
0.6
0.1
-

165.0

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2019, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $31.4 million (2018 – $30.8 million) and Class B shares of $445.7 million (2018 – $436.0 million) and a diluted 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2018 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 167.3 million (2018 – 166.9 million).

Weighted average number of shares – diluted (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares (basic)  
Effect of deferred share units on issue  
Effect of reciprocal shareholdings 
Effect of share-based compensation 

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)  

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

178.0 
0.3 
0.1 
0.7 

179.1 

176.8
0.3
0.7
0.9

178.7

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based 
on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding.

77

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 8 .   LOA N S   A N D   B O R R OW I N G S

Current liabilities 
Current portion of unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (i) 
Current portion of unsecured bank credit facilities (ii) 
Current portion of finance lease liabilities 
Current portion of other loans (iv) 

Short-term operating credit lines available (v) 

Short-term operating credit lines used 

Non-current liabilities   
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (i) 
Unsecured bank credit facilities (ii) 
Unsecured notes (iii) 
Finance lease liabilities   
Other loans (iv) 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
37.6 
— 
1.2 

38.8 

32.0 

8.2 

1,255.6 
33.4 
941.5 
— 
4.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

65.5
—
1.6
4.7

71.8

27.7

10.5

1,445.5
—
972.7
1.0
0.6

$ 

2,234.8 

$ 

2,419.8

(i)  Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had an unsecured US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. 
The facility bears interest at the applicable benchmark interest rate, plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net 
debt to EBITDA, and matures March 29, 2023. As at December 31, 2019, US$521.5 million ($677.4 million; LIBOR, plus 1.125%), 
£60.3 million ($103.9 million; GBP LIBOR, plus 1.125%) and $3.6 million of contingent letters of credit were drawn on this 
syndicated bank credit facility.

As at December 31, 2018, US$352.0 million ($480.0 million; LIBOR, plus 1.45%), €223.2 million ($349.0 million; EURIBOR, plus 
1.45%), £60.3 million ($104.9 million; GBP LIBOR, plus 1.45%), $79.5 million (BA, plus 1.45%) and $3.2 million of contingent 
letters of credit were drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility. 

As  at  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  an  unsecured  US$366.0  million  ($475.4  million;  LIBOR,  plus  0.75%;  2018: 
$499.1  million;  LIBOR,  plus  1.45%)  non-revolving  term  loan  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  banks  that  bears  interest  at  the 
applicable domestic rate, plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net debt to EBITDA. In February 2019, this 
facility was amended, removing the required quarterly principal repayments, reducing the interest rate margins and extending 
the maturity from February 28, 2020 to February 26, 2021. Previous to the amendment, quarterly principal repayments of 
US$12.0 million were required.

The unused portion of the revolving syndicated bank credit facility was US$595.7 million at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 
2018 – US$454.5 million).

As  at  December  31,  2019,  transaction  costs  related  to  the  unsecured  syndicated  bank  credit  facilities  were  $1.1  million 
(December 31, 2018 – $1.5 million).

As at December 31, 2019, the Company utilized a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert notional 
US$228.4 million (2018 – nil) LIBOR-based debt into €200.0 million (2018 – nil) negative 0.28% fixed rate debt in order to 
hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)).

(ii)  Unsecured bank credit facilities

In January 2019, the Company signed an unsecured bilateral credit facility for US$35.0 million, which expires January 22, 2021. 
This bilateral loan incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate, plus an interest rate margin and, annually, automatically 
extends out additional years until January 22, 2024. As of December 31, 2019, US$25.7 million ($33.4 million) was drawn.

In December 2019, the Company signed an uncommitted unsecured bilateral credit facility for AUD$65.0 million. This bilateral 
loan incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate plus an interest rate margin. As of December 31, 2019, AUD$41.2 million 
($37.6 million) was drawn.

78

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)  Unsecured notes

Unsecured notes as at December 31, 2019 consisted of $298.4 million (2018 – $298.2 million) principal amount of 3.864% 
Series 1 Notes, issued by offering a memorandum in Canada on April 13, 2018, maturing April 13, 2028, and US$500 million 
($643.1 million; 2018 – $674.5 million) principal amount of 144A 3.25% private notes, maturing on October 1, 2026. These 
notes bear interest payable semi-annually. The net proceeds of both notes were used to partially repay amounts borrowed 
under the unsecured syndicated bank credit facility.

As at December 31, 2019, the Company utilized a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert notional 
US$376.2 million (2018 – US$376.2 million) of the 144A 3.25% private notes into €340.0 million (2018 – €340.0 million) 1.16% 
and 1.23% fixed rate debt in order to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows (note 24(a)).

(iv)  Other loans

Other loans include term bank loans at various rates and repayment terms.

(v)  Operating credit lines

Interest rates charged on the credit lines are based on rates varying with LIBOR, the prime rate and similar market rates for 
other currencies.

(vi)   Reconciliation of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the 
consolidated statement of cash flows as financing activities. Changes in the Company's liabilities arising from financing 
activities are as follows: 

Balance at January 1 
Financing cash flows 
Acquisitions 
Foreign exchange 
Other  

Balance at December 31  

$ 

$ 

2019 

2,491.6  
(119.8) 
— 
(98.1) 
(0.1) 

2018

2,331.4
5.8
7.8
148.2
(1.6)

 $ 

2,273.6 

$ 

2,491.6

As at December 31, 2019, the carrying amount of financial and non-financial assets pledged as collateral against $0.7 million 
(2018 – $2.7 million) of long-term debt amounted to $7.2 million (2018 – $19.9 million).

1 9.   F I N A N C E   I N C O M E   A N D   C O S T

Recognized in consolidated income statement

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
Fees and interest recognized on other financial instruments 
Interest expense on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance cost 

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 
Interest income on other assets 
Interest income on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance income 

Interest expense on lease liabilities 

Net finance cost recognized in consolidated income statement  

The above finance income and expense are all with respect to assets (liabilities) not at FVTPL.

2019 

83.9 
(14.3) 
17.1 

86.7 

3.3 
0.3 
8.4 

12.0 

6.3 

81.0 

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

2018

82.3
(5.2)
15.8

92.9

3.7
0.8
7.7

12.2

-

80.7

79

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0.  E M P LOY E E   B E N E F I T S

Present value of wholly-unfunded defined benefit obligations   
Present value of partially-funded defined benefit obligations 

Total present value of obligations 
Fair value of plan assets  

Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations 
Liability for long-service leave and jubilee plans 
Liability for long-term incentive plan  

Total employee benefits  
Total employee benefits reported in trade and other payables   

Total employee benefits reported in non-current liabilities 

(a) Defined contribution post-employment plans

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31,  
2018

$ 

$ 

285.5 
482.5 

768.0 
(402.8) 

365.2 
12.1 
— 

377.3 
12.4 

364.9 

$ 

$ 

274.9
432.3

707.2
(378.7)

328.5
13.4
28.9

370.8
50.8

320.0

The Company sponsors defined contribution post-employment plans in Canada, the U.S., Thailand, the Netherlands and the 
U.K. A post-employment plan is classified as a defined contribution plan if the Company pays fixed contributions into a fund 
at a separate entity and the Company has no further obligation to pay any further contributions if the fund does not hold 
sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The expense for 
company-sponsored defined contribution post-employment plans was $30.7 million in 2019 (2018 – $24.5 million), of which 
$0.1 million (2018 – $0.1 million) was for key management personnel. Company contributions into defined contribution state 
plans are included in the line item Compulsory social security contributions in the table in note 21.

(b) Defined benefit post-employment plans

The Company also has defined benefit post-employment plans in various countries of the world. Although some of these 
plans have elements common to defined contribution plans, the Company has accounted for these as defined benefit plans 
as they are not fully funded at a separate entity.

Partially-funded defined benefit obligations

The Company's defined benefit post-employment plans are not fully funded. The obligation of these plans, net of any assets, 
is recorded in non-current liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position in employee benefits or, for payments 
expected to be made within the next twelve months, in trade and other payables in current liabilities. Fluctuations in the 
pension liabilities resulting from actuarial gains or losses due to changes in risk factors are recorded in other comprehensive 
income (loss). The primary partially funded plans are in Canada, the U.K., Switzerland and the Netherlands. Details of these 
plans are as follows:

(i)    In Canada, the Company has a registered partially funded defined benefit pension plan for seven retired executives and one 
active employee. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions 
required. The plan is closed to new members. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries, 
discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that 
any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company.

(ii)   In the U.K., the Company has two registered partially-funded defined benefit pension plans. The Company’s plan has no 
active members and is closed to new members. Benefits are based on final salary. All members of the plan are either 
deferred or retired and benefits are provided to spouses or dependents in the event of a member's death before or after 
retirement.  The  Company  is  required  to  make  payments  of  £0.7  million  in  deficit  funding  contributions  annually.  An 
actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. 
The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the value of the 
obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations 
have been covered is fully available to the Company. 

80

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 6, 2019, the Innovia plan was frozen. No further benefits will be earned by members in the plan and no contributions 
will be paid into the plan other than deficit funding contributions. It is closed to new members. Benefits are based on a 
member’s final pensionable salaries and length of service at retirement. Benefits are provided to spouses in the event of 
a member’s death before or after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of £1.0 million in deficit funding 
contributions annually. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any 
contributions required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility 
for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after 
all obligations have been covered is available to the Company if the plan is wound up. However, any surplus while the plan is 
ongoing is under the authority of the trustees. Active members have been moved to a defined contribution plan.

(iii)  In Switzerland, the Company provides a mandatory legislated contribution-based cash balance plan for employees that 
is accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan. Benefits from the plan are paid out at retirement, disability 
or death. If an employee terminates from the Company prior to retirement, the vested benefit equal to the accumulated 
savings account balance is transferred to the pension plan of the new employer. The plan is governed by a foundation 
board that is legally responsible for the operation of the plan and includes employer and employee representation, in 
equal numbers. A legally required minimum level of retirement benefit is based on age-related savings contributions, an 
insured salary defined by law and a required rate of return set annually by the Swiss government. Contributions from both 
employers and employees are compulsory and vary according to age and salary. The primary risk factors for this plan are 
longevity of plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. Under 
Swiss pension law, any surplus assets technically belong to the pension plan and any reduction in contributions is at the 
discretion of the Board. 

(iv)  In the Netherlands, the Company provides a defined benefit career average pay plan for a small number of employees. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan. Benefits from the plan are paid through retirement and at 
death, before or during retirement, to the spouse or dependents. If a member of the plan leaves the Company, the member 
may choose to have the benefits of the plan transferred into the plan of the new employer. The benefit formula is based 
on a percentage of each year's pensionable salary up to a set maximum salary less a social security offset. Benefits are 
guaranteed by an insurance company and the Company is required to pay annual premiums on the insurance contract 
based on a contract interest rate. There are no employee contributions to the plan. The primary risk factors for this plan are 
longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility. This plan was frozen as of December 31, 2018, and all members 
were moved to a defined contribution plan.

The most recent actuarial valuation for funding purposes for the executive defined pension plan in Canada was as of January 1, 
2018. The next required actuarial valuation will be as of January 1, 2021. The most recent actuarial valuation of the two U.K. 
defined benefit pension plans for funding purposes were as of January 1, 2017. The next required valuation is as of January 1, 
2020. The new valuations for both U.K. plans are expected to be completed towards the end of 2020.

Wholly-unfunded defined benefit obligations

For defined benefit post-employment plans that have no assets, the Company simply funds the plans as benefits are paid. 
The primary wholly-unfunded plans are in Canada, the U.S. and Germany. Details of these plans are as follows:

(i)    In  Canada,  the  Company  maintains  non-registered,  wholly-unfunded  supplemental  retirement  arrangements  for  one 
active  Canadian  executive,  eight  retired  Canadian  executives  and  two  retired  U.S.  executives  or  their  widows.  The 
Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. An actuary is involved in 
measuring the obligation of the plans and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The plans are closed 
to new members. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility.

(ii)   In the U.S., the Company has a post-employment, wholly-unfunded deferred compensation plan for designated executives 
(“NQP”). Liabilities are based strictly on the contributions made to the plan and an established rate of return and are not 
subject to actuarial adjustments. It allows executives to elect to defer specified portions of salary, cash bonuses and long-
term incentive plan payments. The Company contributes a matching portion of the executive’s NQP deferred amount 
to a maximum of 8% of the executive’s base salary plus bonus. The Company may also contribute a discretionary annual 
Company contribution based on a percentage of base salary and annual bonus. Contributions to the NQP for one of the 
executives vest immediately. For the other executives, immediate vesting of discretionary Company contributions and 
interest occurs on death, disability or change of control, with normal vesting occurring at age 60 with 10 years' service. 
The Company’s match portion and interest vest in the same manner as Company contributions in the 401k plan. Elective 
deferrals by the executive vest immediately.

81

2019 Annual Report(iii)  In Germany, the Company has several wholly-unfunded defined benefit plans. There are four salary- based annuity plans 
that are closed to new members, but currently have approximately 130 active members. All contributions and benefits 
are funded by the Company. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate 
volatility. There are also three cash balance plans for current employees. Two of those plans require the Company to match 
a specific portion of employee contributions. Upon retirement, lump sum payments are made unless an employee requests 
an annuity. The third cash balance plan has employer and employee contributions and pays out in three instalments upon 
retirement. The primary risk factor for these three plans is discount rate volatility. 

(iv)  The Company has wholly-unfunded post-employment defined benefit plans in Austria, France, Italy, Mexico and Thailand. 
Benefits are paid out in lump sums upon retirement, disability or death. There are no employee contributions in these 
plans. Benefits are based on salary and length of service with the Company.

The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the defined benefit post-
employment plans, including the defined benefit pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-employment 
defined benefit plans.

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

432.3 
2.9 
— 
11.7 
1.4 
(14.5) 
8.6 
(11.9) 
69.5 
0.1 
(9.6) 
(2.6) 
(5.4) 

482.5 

378.7 
10.1 
30.1 
1.4 
5.4 
(14.5) 
(0.9) 
(2.6) 
(4.9) 

402.8 

(79.7) 

(79.7) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

274.9 
4.4 
0.2 
7.2 
5.2 
(19.9) 
3.0 
(0.3) 
26.6 
(0.2) 
— 
0.5 
(16.1) 

285.5 

— 
— 
— 
— 
19.9 
(19.9) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(285.5) 

(285.5) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

707.2
7.3
0.2
18.9
6.6
(34.4)
11.6
(12.2)
96.1
(0.1)
(9.6)
(2.1)
(21.5)

768.0

378.7
10.1
30.1
1.4
25.3
(34.4)
(0.9)
(2.6)
(4.9)

402.8

(365.2)

(365.2)

2019 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial losses – experience 
  Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial losses – financial assumptions   
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain (loss)   
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

82

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2018 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – experience 
  Actuarial losses – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial gains – financial assumptions 
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial losses 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

The Company’s net defined benefit plan expense is as follows:

2019 

Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

435.7 
4.5 
5.7 
3.3 
10.7 
1.1 
(12.5) 
2.4 
0.9 
(31.6) 
— 
(0.5) 
— 
12.6 

432.3 

376.9 
2.7 
9.2 
(18.4) 
1.1 
10.3 
(12.5) 
(1.4) 
(0.2) 
11.0 

378.7 

(53.6) 

(53.6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

260.9 
— 
4.7 
0.2 
6.6 
2.4 
(10.0) 
(0.8) 
1.7 
(4.3) 
0.9 
— 
0.2 
12.4 

274.9 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
10.0 
(10.0) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(274.9) 

(274.9) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.9 
- 
1.6 
(9.6) 

(5.1) 

2.1 
(8.8) 
1.6 

(5.1) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.4 
0.2 
7.2 
- 

11.8 

1.2 
3.5 
7.1 

11.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

696.6
4.5
10.4
3.5
17.3
3.5
(22.5)
1.6
2.6
(35.9)
0.9
(0.5)
0.2
25.0

707.2

376.9
2.7
9.2
(18.4)
1.1
20.3
(22.5)
(1.4)
(0.2)
11.0

378.7

(328.5)

(328.5)

Total

7.3
0.2
8.8
(9.6)

6.7

3.3
(5.3)
8.7

6.7

83

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 

Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Finance cost 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.7 
3.3 
1.5 
(0.5) 

10.0 

3.5 
1.7 
3.3 
1.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.7 
0.2 
6.6 
— 

11.5 

1.1 
3.8 
— 
6.6 

Total

10.4
3.5
8.1
(0.5)

21.5

4.6
5.5
3.3
8.1

Net defined benefit plan expense 

$ 

10.0 

$ 

11.5 

$ 

21.5

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized directly in equity are as follows:

Actuarial losses – experience 
Actuarial gains (losses) – demographic assumptions 
Actuarial gains (losses) – financial assumptions 
Experience gains (losses) on plan assets 

$ 

$ 

2019 

(11.6) 
12.2 
(96.1) 
30.1 

Recognized during the year in other comprehensive income 

$ 

(65.4) 

$ 

Plan assets consist of the following:

2018

(1.6)
(2.6)
35.9
(18.4)

13.3

2019 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

2018 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

51% 
42% 
2% 
5% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

61% 
31% 
2% 
6% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

51%
42%
2%
5%

100%

Total

61%
31%
2%
6%

100%

No plan assets are directly invested in the Company's own shares or directly in any property occupied by, or other assets 
used by, the Company.

84

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The actual returns on plan assets are as follows:

2019 
2018 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$  
$ 

40.2 
(9.2) 

— 
—  

$ 
$  

Total

40.2
(9.2)

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment benefit obligations are as follows:

December 31, 2019 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2018 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

1.97% 
1.39% 

2.80% 
1.44% 

1.48% 
1.79% 

2.36% 
1.83% 

1.79%
1.71%

2.63%
1.59%

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment plan expenses are as follows:

December 31, 2019 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2018 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

2.80% 
1.44% 

2.41% 
1.42% 

2.36% 
1.83% 

1.97% 
1.86% 

2.63%
1.59%

2.25%
1.58%

The sensitivity analysis on the defined benefit obligation is as follows, and is prepared by altering one assumption at a time 
and keeping the other assumptions unchanged. The resulting defined benefit obligation is then compared to the defined 
benefit obligation in the disclosures:

Discount rate (increase 1%) 
Discount rate (decrease 1%) 
Longevity (+1 year) 
Inflation (+0.25%) 
Inflation (-0.25%) 
Salary (increase 1%) 
Salary (decrease 1%) 
Duration (years) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(96.5) 
96.1 
14.2 
11.2 
(11.2) 
4.6 
(3.3) 
20 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(29.4)
32.9
11.2
—
—
3.1
(2.8)
12

The Company expects to contribute $4.1 million to the partially-funded defined benefit plans and pay $11.4 million in benefits 
for the wholly-unfunded plans in 2020.

(c) Long-term incentive, long-service leave, jubilee and other plans

The Company has long-term incentive plans with cash and share-based payments, long-service leave plans and jubilee plans 
in various countries around the world. As at December 31, 2019, $1.0 million (2018 – $30.0 million) of the total obligation of 
$12.1 million (2018 – $42.3 million) is classified as current, and reported in other payables. The expense for these plans was 
$15.8 million in 2019 (2018 – $27.4 million).

85

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 1 .   P E R S O N N E L   E X P E N S E S

Wages and salaries 
Compulsory social security contributions 
Contributions to Company-sponsored defined contribution plans 
Expenses related to defined benefit plans 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

$ 

$ 

2019 

957.7 
117.0 
30.7 
16.3 
25.4 

2018

932.2
119.2
24.5
22.0
22.7

$ 

1,147.1 

$ 

1,120.6

2 2 .  I N C O M E   TA X   E X P E N S E

Current tax expense
Current tax on earnings before earnings in equity-accounted investments for the year 

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (note 15) 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 

Total income tax expense  

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
The income tax expense on the Company’s earnings differs from the amount  
  determined by the Company’s statutory rates as follows: 
Net earnings for the year 
Add: income tax expense 
Deduct: earnings in equity-accounted investments 

Earnings before income tax and equity-accounted investments 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Income tax using the Company’s domestic combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
Losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognized 
Non-deductible expenses and other items 

Income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive income 
Derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments 
Actuarial gains and losses 

Total income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive income 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2019 

122.6 

39.8 
(2.5) 

37.3 

159.9 

2019 

25.8% 

477.1 
159.9 
5.4 

631.6 

162.9 
(8.5) 
(2.5) 
3.3 
4.7 

159.9 

7.9 
(10.5) 

(2.6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018

139.4

21.5
(4.9)

16.6

156.0

2018

25.8%

466.8
156.0
5.3

617.5

159.3
(3.4)
(4.9)
5.9
(0.9)

156.0

(7.5)
2.6

(4.9)

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the 
worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes 
will be due. If the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences 
will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

86

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 3 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S

At December 31, 2019, the Company had four share-based compensation plans, which are described below:

(a)  Employee stock option plan

Under the employee stock option plan, the Company may grant options to employees, officers and directors of the Company. 
The Company does not grant options to independent directors. The exercise price of each option equals the market price 
of the Company's stock on the date of grant, and an option's maximum term is 10 years. Current options vest 25% one year 
from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of these options is five years from the grant date. In general, 
the grants are conditional upon continued employment. No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled 
to dividends and may not be transferred or assigned by the option holder. 

For options and share awards granted for stock-based compensation, $25.4 million (2018 – $23.1 million) has been recognized 
in the consolidated financial statements as an expense, with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus. The fair value of 
options granted has been estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividends 

2019 

1.79% 

2018

1.90%

3.5 years 

3.5 years

28% 

$ 

0.68 

$ 

28%

0.52

A summary of the status of the Company's employee stock option plan as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and changes during 
the years ended on those dates, is presented below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of year 

Options exercisable at end of year 

2019 

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Shares 
(in millions) 

2018

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

Shares 
(in millions) 

3.1 
0.7 
(0.8) 

3.0 

1.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

48.94 
55.73 
27.17 

56.57 

53.30 

3.1 
0.8 
(0.8) 

3.1 

1.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

36.81
66.87
21.95

48.94

36.78

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise in 2019 was $57.65 (2018 – $64.99). 

The following table summarizes information about the employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2019.

Range of 
Exercisable Prices 

$27.47 – $50.00 
$50.01 – $60.00 
$60.01 – $66.87 

$27.47 – $66.87 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Options 
Outstanding 
(in millions) 

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining  
  Contractual Life  

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Options 
  Exercisable 
 (in millions) 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

0.6 
1.6 
0.8 

 3.0 

1.2 years 
3.2 years 
3.2 years 

2.8 years 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

43.74 
56.82 
66.87 

56.57 

0.4 
0.4 
0.2 

1.0 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

43.67
58.03
66.87

53.30

87

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Deferred share units (“DSU”)

The Company maintains a deferred share unit plan. Under this plan, non-employee members of the Company's Board of 
Directors may elect to receive DSUs, in lieu of cash remuneration, for director fees that would otherwise be payable to such 
directors or any portion thereof until DSU holdings of three times the base retainer have been achieved. The number of units 
received is equivalent to the fees earned and is based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company's 
capital stock on the date of issue of the DSU. When dividends are paid on Class B non-voting shares of the Company, the 
equivalent value per DSU is calculated and the holder receives additional DSUs in lieu of actual cash dividends based on the 
fair market value of a Class B non-voting shares of the Company. DSUs cannot be redeemed or paid out until such time as 
the director ceases to be a director. A DSU entitles the holder to receive, on a deferred payment basis, the number of Class B 
non-voting shares of the Company equating to the number of his or her DSUs on the redemption date. The Company accounts 
for the DSU plan as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. 

The Company had 0.2 million DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2019. The amount recognized as an expense in 2019 
totaled $0.6 million (2018 – $0.8 million).

(c)  Performance Stock Units (“PSU”)

In 2019, the Company introduced a performance stock unit plan. Under the plan, participants may be eligible to receive a 
maximum of approximately 1.5 million Class B shares of the Company to be issued from treasury. The vesting of these shares 
is dependent on the Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant date fair value of these shares is being 
amortized over the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. 

(d)  Long-Term Retention Plan (“LTRP”)

In 2017, the Company instituted a long-term retention plan. Under the plan, the Company provided a one-time retention 
incentive to executives totaling 0.3 million Class B shares of the Company, to be issued from treasury. The incentive vests 
25% in each year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2025, inclusive. 

In  2019,  under  the  aforementioned  long-term  retention  plan,  the  Company  provided  a  one-time  retention  incentive  to 
additional executives totaling 0.1 million Class B shares of the Company, to be issued from treasury. The incentive vests 25% 
in each year beginning 2024 and ending 2027, inclusive.

For the LTRP, a total of $2.9 million has been recognized as an expense with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus.

2 4 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

(a)  Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

US$123.8 million (2018 – US$123.8 million) of unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes and US$659.1 million (2018 – US$718.0 
million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging items) have been used to hedge the Company's exposure 
to its net investment in self-sustaining U.S. dollar-denominated operations (hedged items) with a view to reducing foreign 
exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of the unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes, the unsecured syndicated 
bank credit facilities and the net investment in U.S. dollar-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive 
income in the consolidated statement of financial position. These have been and continue to be 100% fully effective hedges as 
the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness 
was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2019 or 2018.

£60.3 million (2018 – £60.3 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) has been used to hedge 
the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining U.K. pound sterling-denominated operations (hedged items) 
with a view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank 
credit facilities and the net investment in U.K. pound sterling-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive 
income in the consolidated statement of financial position. This has been and continues to be a 100% fully effective hedge as 
the notional amount of the hedging item equals the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness 
was recognized in the consolidated income statement in 2019 or 2018.

In 2019, nil (2018 – €223.2 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) were used to hedge the 
Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining euro-denominated operations (hedged items) with a view to 
reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities 
and the net investment in euro-denominated subsidiaries was reported in other comprehensive income in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. This was a 100% fully effective hedge as the notional amount of the hedging item equalled 
the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the consolidated income 
statement in 2018.

88

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)In February 2017, the Company converted US$264.7 million of the 144A 3.25% private notes (note 18) into €250.0 million 
1.23% fixed rate debt using cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (hedging items; “CCIRSAs”). In February 2018, 
a further US$111.5 million of the 144A 3.25% private notes (note 18) was converted into €90.0 million 1.16% fixed rate debt 
using CCIRSAs. In January 2019, US$228.4 million of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (note 18) was converted 
into €200.0 million negative 0.28% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs. Each of these conversions was to hedge the Company’s 
euro-based assets and cash flows. Fair value of these CCIRSAs was recorded in non-current liabilities when negative in value 
and non-current assets when positive in value. The offset was recorded in other comprehensive income in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. These have been and continue to be 100% fully effective hedges as the notional amounts of 
the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the 
consolidated income statement in 2019 or 2018.

Notional Principal Amount 

Interest Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Received 
(US$) 

Paid 
 (€) 

2019 
(C$) 

Fair Value 
December 31 

2018 
(C$)  

Maturity 

Effective Date

USD105.8 million   €  100.0 million 

3.25% 

1.24%   $  (10.0) million   $  (16.3) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD84.8 million  €  80.0 million 

3.25% 

1.20%   $ 

(7.6) million  $  (12.7) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD42.3 million  €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.21%   $ 

(4.1) million  $ 

(6.6) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD31.8 million  €  30.0 million 

3.25% 

1.29%   $ 

(3.2) million   $ 

(5.0) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD62.1 million  €  50.0 million 

3.25% 

1.16%   $ 

8.5 million   $ 

5.5 million 

October 1, 2026 

February 21, 2018

  USD49.4 million  €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.15%   $ 

6.2 million   $ 

3.6 million 

October 1, 2026 

February 22, 2018

 USD125.6 million  €  110.0 million 1-month LIBOR 

(0.29%)   $ 

1.8 million 

  USD74.2 million  €  65.0 million 1-month LIBOR 

(0.27%)   $ 

1.0 million 

  USD28.6 million  €  25.0 million 1-month LIBOR 

(0.27%)   $ 

0.4 million 

— 

— 

— 

January 31, 2022 

January 31, 2019

January 31, 2022 

January 31, 2019

January 31, 2022 

January 31, 2019

(b)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at 
the reporting date was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 
Derivative instruments   

Impairment losses

The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

Under 31 days 
Between 31 and 90 days  
Greater than 90 days 

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31, 
2018

$ 

$ 

703.6 
849.2 
20.0 
17.9 

589.1
938.0
18.8
9.1

$ 

1,590.7 

$  

1,555.0

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31, 
2018

$ 

$ 

433.6 
283.1 
51.1 

767.8 

$ 

$ 

468.9
336.0
60.6

865.5

89

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at January 1 
Increase (decrease) during the year 

Balance at December 31  

  December 31,  
2019 

  December 31, 
2018

$ 

$ 

18.1 
(2.6) 

15.5 

$ 

$ 

16.6
1.5

18.1

The Company believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due.

(c)  Liquidity risk

Exposure to liquidity risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 
impact of netting agreements:

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2019

Payments Due by Period

Carrying 
Amount

Carrying 
Amount

Contractual 
Cash Flows

0–6  
Months

6–12  
Months

1–2  
Years

2–5  
Years

More than  
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities
  Secured bank loans 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured 144A 3.25%  

$ 

$ 

1.4 
2.9 

$ 

0.5 
4.3 

$ 

0.5 
4.3 

674.5 

643.1 

649.5 

298.2 

298.4 

300.0 

  1,012.2 

851.3 

852.3 

498.8 
3.6 

475.3 
0.7 

475.4 
0.7 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

85.1* 

16.0 

158.1* 

93.1* 

3.7* 

5.3 

3.3 

1.1 

  1,223.4 

  1,035.6 

  1,035.6* 

  1,035.6 

* 
— 

* 
146.2 

156.7* 
161.2 

2.1 
18.6 

0.2 
0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 
0.3 

$ 

0.2 
0.1 

— 

— 

$ 

0.1 
3.4 

$  — 
0.7 

$  —
—

— 

— 

— 

— 

649.5

300.0

37.6 

33.4 

781.3 

— 
0.3 

16.2 

10.4 

5.7 

1.0 

— 

2.1 
18.7 

475.4 
0.1 

25.0 

21.1 

11.6 

1.5 

— 

15.2 
26.6 

— 
— 

27.9 

63.3 

34.8 

0.1 

— 

49.5 
45.9 

—

—
—

—

58.0

37.7

—

—

87.8
51.4

  private notes 
  Unsecured 3.864%  
  Series 1 Notes 

  Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated  

  bank term credit facility 
  Other long-term obligations 
  Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities 
  Interest on 144A 3.25%  

  private notes 

  Interest on unsecured  

  3.864% Series 1 Notes 

  Interest on other  
long-term debt 
  Trade and other  

  payables 

  Accrued post-employment  

  benefit liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

$  3,715.0 

$  3,455.4 

$  3,976.2 

$ 1,082.6 

$ 

92.3 

$   613.4 

$ 1,003.5 

$ 1,184.4

* 

 Accrued  long-term  employee  benefit  and  post-employment  benefit  liability  of  $12.4  million,  accrued  interest  of  $8.0  million  on  unsecured  notes, 
unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $1.5 million on derivatives are reported in trade and 
other payables in 2019 (2018: $50.8 million, $9.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively).

90

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)  Currency risk 

Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:

U.S. 
Dollar 

  206.0 
  245.6 
  291.1 
  808.6 

  December 31, 2019 

 December 31, 2018

U.K. 
Pound  

20.0 
24.7 
31.4 
60.3 

Euro  

  124.3 
  123.4 
  144.1 
540.6 

U.S.  
Dollar  

  167.1 
  250.9 
  318.0 
  841.9 

U.K. 
Pound 

16.4 
31.5 
33.8 
60.3 

Euro

110.2
133.7
158.4
565.1

Cash and cash equivalents   
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 

Sensitivity analysis

A 5% weakening of the Canadian dollar, as indicated below, against the following currencies at December 31 would have 
increased (decreased) equity and income by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables; in 
particular, interest rates, remain constant. 

Euro  
U.S. dollar 
U.K. pound  

Equity 

Income Statement

2019 

(22.9) 
(27.4) 
0.9 

2018 

(24.8) 
(21.2) 
0.9 

2019 

1.0 
6.4 
0.1 

2018

0.6
6.5
0.4

A 5% strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the above currencies at December 31 would have had the equal but 
opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

(e)  Interest rate risk

An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates on the floating rate debt and cash equivalents as at the reporting date would 
decrease net earnings by $6.7 million (2018 – $9.7 million decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables; in particular, 
foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

91

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of 
financial position, are as follows:

Assets carried at fair value:
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Assets carried at amortized cost:
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities carried at fair value: 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost: 
Trade and other payables 
Unsecured 144A 3.25% private notes   
Unsecured 3.864% Series 1 Notes 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities  
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities   

 December 31, 2019 

 December 31, 2018

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount  

20.0 
17.9 

37.9 

849.2 
703.6 

1,552.8 

25.1 

25.1 

1,035.6 
643.1 
298.4 
1,326.6 
5.5 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

20.0 
17.9 

37.9 

849.2 
703.6 

1,552.8 

25.1 

25.1 

1,035.6 
638.9 
313.0 
1,326.6 
5.5 
— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount 

18.8 
9.1 

27.9 

938.0 
589.1 

1,527.1 

41.1 

41.1 

1,223.4 
674.5 
298.2 
1,511.0 
5.3 
2.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value

18.8
9.1

27.9

938.0
589.1

1,527.1

41.1

41.1

1,223.4
636.7
300.7
1,511.0
5.3
2.6

$ 

3,309.2 

$ 

3,319.6 

$ 

3,715.0 

$ 

3,679.7

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 3.

The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows for the unsecured notes are based on the government yield curve 
at the reporting date, plus an adequate credit spread.

(g)  Fair value hierarchy

The table below summarizes the levels of hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities. 

The different levels have been defined as follows:

•  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•   Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

$ 

$ 

20.0 
— 
— 
— 

20.0 

$ 

$ 

— 
17.9 
(2,284.0) 
(25.1) 

$ 

(2,291.2) 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

20.0
17.9
(2,284.0)
(25.1)

$ 

(2,271.2)

December 31, 2019 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

92

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2018 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

$ 

$ 

18.8 
— 
— 
— 

18.8 

$ 

$ 

— 
9.1 
(2,456.3) 
(41.1) 

$ 

(2,488.3) 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

18.8
9.1
(2,456.3)
 (41.1)

$ 

(2,469.5)

The methods and assumptions used to measure the fair value are as follows:

The fair value of derivative financial instruments generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would receive 
to sell favourable contracts, or pay to transfer unfavourable contracts, at the reporting date. The Company uses discounted 
cash flow analysis and market data such as interest rates, credit spreads and foreign exchange spot rates to estimate the fair 
value of forward agreements and interest-rate derivatives.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated using public quotations, when available, or discounted cash flow analysis based 
on the current corresponding borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

2 5.  F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•  credit risk;

•  liquidity risk; and

•  market risk.

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies 
and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Company’s management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures 
are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are 
reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Company, through its training 
and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which 
all employees understand their roles and obligations.

(a)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and it arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The Company has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Company’s payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Company’s review includes external ratings, 
where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represent the 
maximum open amount without requiring approval from senior management; these limits are reviewed quarterly. Customers 
that fail to meet the Company’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Company only on a prepayment basis.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet 
its obligations. These counterparties are large international financial institutions, and, to date, no such counterparty has failed 
to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2019, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arising from 
derivative financial instruments amounted to $17.9 million (2018 – $9.1 million).

(b)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company 
manages liquidity by monitoring expected cash flows and ensuring the availability of credit to ensure, as much as possible, that 
it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The financial obligations of the Company include 
trade and other payables, long-term debt and other long-term items. The contractual maturity of trade payables is six months 
or  less.  Long-term  debt  includes  instruments  with  varying  maturities  extending  to  2028.  The  Company  has  capacity  to 
discharge its current liabilities from the continued cash flows from operations of the business, and an additional $703.6 million 
of cash on hand and $773.9 million of available capacity within its syndicated bank credit facility at December 31, 2019. 

93

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices, will 
affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management 
is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company uses derivatives to manage market risks. Generally, the Company seeks to apply hedge accounting in order 
to manage volatility in profit or loss. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

(i)  Currency risk

The Company operates internationally, giving rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The 
Company partially manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. 
Additionally, each subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the 
foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

In other cases, borrowings are done by non-Canadian dollar-based subsidiaries in their own functional currencies such that 
the principal and interest are denominated in a currency that matches the cash flows generated by those subsidiaries. These 
provide natural hedges that do not require the application of hedge accounting.

(ii)  Interest rate risk

The Company is exposed to market risk related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the Company 
maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

(iii)  Commodity price risk

Polypropylene is the most significant input cost for the Innovia Segment. It is traded in the market, with prices linked to the 
market price of natural gas and refining capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to the volatility of polypropylene prices; therefore, movements must be managed and, where possible, passed 
along to the Segment’s customers. 

(d)  Capital management

The Company’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base throughout the economic cycle to maintain investor, creditor 
and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. This capital structure supports the Company’s 
objective to provide an attractive financial return to its shareholders equal to that of its leading specialty packaging peers.

The Company defines capital as total equity and measures the return on capital (or return on equity) by dividing annual net 
earnings before goodwill impairment loss and restructuring and other items by the average of the beginning and the end-of-
year shareholders’ equity. In 2019, the return on capital was 17.8% (2018 – 20.0%).

Management and the Board maintain a balance between the expected higher return on capital that might be possible with a 
higher level of financial debt and the advantages and security afforded by a lower level of financial leverage. 

The Company has provided a growing level of dividends to its shareholders over the last few years, generally related to its 
growth in earnings. Dividends are declared bearing in mind the Company’s current earnings, cash flow and financial leverage.

There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Company is subject to certain financial covenants on its unsecured syndicated bank credit facility. The Company monitors 
the ratios on a quarterly basis and, at December 31, 2019, was in compliance with all its covenants.

2 6.  C O M M I T M E N T S   A N D   C O N T I N G E N C I E S

(a)  Commitments 

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had uncollateralized surety bonds of $71.3 million (2018 – $74.2 million) primarily to the 
Brazilian Tax Authority in order to facilitate the appeal of tax reassessments. The Company intends to vigorously defend this 
claim, which the Company considers to be without merit and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

94

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)(b)  Contingencies

In the normal course of operations, the Company and its subsidiaries may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other 
claims, including environmental, labour, product, customer disputes and other matters. 

During 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgment and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, CCL Secure 
Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling AUD 70.0 million ($63.8 million), finding a wrongful termination of 
an agency agreement with Benoy Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure Currency Ltd. (collectively “Berry”), 
an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL appealed the judgment. As part of the appeals process, the Australian court 
mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgment in order to stay execution of the judgment pending resolution 
of the appeal. On appeal, the Australian court of appeals reduced the total damages awarded to Berry to AUD 4.8 million 
($4.4 million), including interest and Berry’s estimated legal costs, and awarded ISPL a portion of its appeal costs. Berry has 
appealed the reduced award to the Final Court of Appeals in Australia. The Company maintains a provision in its accounts of 
its estimate of the likely final award and liability of ISPL.

In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue was heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 by Berry in 
the Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively, “IFL”), as well as other defendants not affiliated 
with ISPL. The court denied IFL’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit on the jurisdictional issue. IFL is appealing that decision. The 
lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote substrate plant in Nigeria and Berry seeks an 
order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or, in lieu thereof, grant an award of total damages in the amount 
of €1.5 billion ($2.2 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the Company considers to be without merit 
and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

Events surrounding these cases occurred at a time when the Reserve Bank of Australia had a 50% equity interest in ISPL. 

Management believes that adequate provisions for legal claims have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although 
it is not always possible to accurately estimate the result or magnitude of legal claims due to the various uncertainties involved 
in the legal process, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such pending matters, individually and in the 
aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company, its business, financial position or liquidity.

2 7.   R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S

Beneficial ownership

The  directors  and  officers  of  CCL  Industries  Inc.  as  a  group  beneficially  own,  control,  or  direct,  directly  or  indirectly, 
approximately  11.2  million  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Class  A  voting  shares,  representing  94.8%  of  the  issued  and 
outstanding Class A voting shares.

Loan guarantee

The  Company  has  provided  various  loan  guarantees  for  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  totaling  $42.3  million  (2018  – 
$46.3 million).

2 8 .  K E Y   M A N AG E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L   C O M P E N SAT I O N

Short-term employee compensation and benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Post-employment benefits 

2 9.  AC C U M U L AT E D   OT H E R   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E   ( LO S S )

Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses), net of tax recovery of 
  $2.3 million (2018 – tax recovery of $10.2 million) 
Losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax of nil  
  (2018 – tax recovery of $0.1 million) 

2019 

8.2 
36.4 
0.9 

45.5 

$ 

$ 

2018

14.5
6.4
0.9

21.8

$ 

$ 

2019 

2018

$ 

(89.3) 

$ 

35.5

— 

$ 

(89.3) 

$ 

(0.3)

35.2

95

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 0.   R E S T R U C T U R I N G   A N D   OT H E R   I T E M S

Restructuring costs  
Acquisition costs  
Other items  

Total restructuring and other items 

2019 

11.1 
0.6 
13.3 

25.0 

$ 

$ 

2018

7.8
3.7
3.3

14.8

$ 

$ 

For the full year 2019, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $25.0 million ($19.9 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $11.1 million ($9.3 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs 
for Innovia, Checkpoint’s European operations and similar expenses in the CCL Segment due to slowing demand in the 
fourth quarter.

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $0.6 million ($0.6 million after tax) for the six acquisitions closed in 2019.

•   Other expenses of $13.3 million ($10.0 million after tax), related to the settlement of a lawsuit attributable to policies 

employed by the pre-acquisition management of Checkpoint.

For the full year 2018, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $14.8 million ($12.6 million after tax) 
as follows:

•   Restructuring expenses of $7.8 million ($6.3 million after tax), primarily related to severance and reorganization costs for 

Checkpoint and Avery European operations.

•   Acquisition transaction costs totaled $3.7 million ($3.6 million after tax), primarily for the Treofan acquisition.

•   Other expenses of $3.3 million ($2.7 million after tax), predominantly related to actuarial pension obligations at Innovia and 
legacy CCL U.K. operations. This non-cash expense is the result of a milestone legal judgement equalizing certain historical 
guaranteed minimum obligations for all U.K. defined benefit pension schemes.

3 1 .   S U B S E Q U E N T   E V E N T S

The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.18 per Class B non-voting share and $0.1775 per Class A voting share, 
which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 17, 2020, to be paid on March 31, 2020.

In  January  2020,  the  Company  signed  a  binding  agreement  to  acquire  Flexpol  Sp.  Z.o.o.,  a  Polish  BOPP  film  producer, 
for  an  estimated  $22.0  million  on  a  debt/cash-free  basis.  Closing  is  expected  during  the  first  quarter  of  2020  following 
regulatory approvals.

In January 2020, the Company acquired I.D.&C. World Holdco Ltd, a global leader in live event badges and wrist bands, with 
operations in Tunbridge Wells, U.K. and Bradenton, Florida and customers in more than 100 countries, for approximately 
$37.0 million, net of cash and debt but including real estate and deferred purchase consideration.

In January 2020, the Company acquired IDentilam Limited, a privately-owned company based in Horsham, U.K. that designs 
and develops a range of software solutions for event badging and identification cards along with digital printing services for 
U.K. and E.U. customers, for approximately $3.0 million, net of cash and debt.

In January 2020, the Company acquired Ibertex Etiquetaje Industrial S.L.U. and Eti-Textil Maroc S.a.r.l. AU, an apparel label 
producer headquartered in Elche, Spain, with additional manufacturing in Tangier, Morocco, for approximately $19.6 million, 
subject to customary closing adjustments.

In February 2020, the Company acquired the shares of Clinical Systems, Inc. (“CSI”), a specialized provider of labels and 
patient information booklets to the clinical trials industry in the U.S., for an estimated $19.4 million, net of cash acquired.

In February 2020, the Company acquired the remaining 50.0% stake in Rheinfelden America aluminum slug venture in the 
U.S. from its partner for a nominal sum and will assume the $22.3 million of debt previously held in the venture.

96

2019 Annual ReportNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S I X   Y E A R   F I N A N C I A L   S U M M A R Y 

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except share and ratio data)

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014

$ 

5,321.3 

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

3,974.7 

$ 

3,039.1 

$ 

2,585.6

Sales and Net Earnings 
Sales 
Depreciation and  
  amortization  
Net finance cost  
Net earnings 
Basic net earnings  
  per Class B share 

329.6 
81.0 
477.1¹ 

2.68¹ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Financial Position
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital⁷ 
Total assets 
Net debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
$ 
Net debt to equity ratio   
Net debt to total  
  book capitalization 

2,105.0 
1,148.0 
957.0 
7,038.0 
1,716.2 
2.887.7 
0.59 

278.0 
80.7 
466.82 

2.642 

2,125.2 
1,346.9 
778.3 
7,027.6 
1,902.5 
2,673.1 
0.71 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

259.2 
75.2 
474.13 

2.703 

1,851.6 
1,299.7 
551.9 
6,144.0 
1,773.9 
2,157.9 
0.82 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

203.7 
37.9 
346.34 

1.984 

1,660.9 
907.0 
753.9 
4,678.8 
1,016.2 
1,775.2 
0.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

164.1 
25.6 
295.15 

1.705 

1,229.9 
912.8 
317.1 
3,582.3 
599.8 
1,621.9 
0.37 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

146.4
25.6
216.66 

1.266

821.9
600.2
221.7
2,618.4
437.2
1,216.2
0.36

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

37.2% 

41.6% 

45.1% 

36.4%  

27.0% 

26.4%

Number of Shares (000,000s) 
Class A – Dec. 31 
Class B – Dec. 31 
Weighted average  
  for the year 

11.8 
166.8 

178.0 

11.8 
165.9 

176.8 

11.8 
165.0 

175.8 

11.8 
164.1 

175.2 

11.8 
163.6 

173.6 

11.8
161.6

171.8

Cash Flow
Cash provided by 
  operations 
Additions to plant, 
  property and  
  equipment 
Business acquisitions 
Dividends 
Dividends per  
  Class B share 

$ 

779.5 

$ 

772.7 

$ 

711.2 

$ 

564.0 

$ 

475.3 

$ 

403.5

345.6 
40.4 
121.1 

352.9 
365.9 
92.2 

285.7 
1,191.4 
81.2 

234.7 
571.5 
70.2 

172.2 
356.7 
52.3 

153.7
115.9
37.9

$ 

0.68 

$ 

0.52 

$ 

0.46 

$ 

0.40 

$ 

0.30 

$ 

0.22

¹  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $25.0 million.
²  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $14.8 million.
³  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $11.3 million. 
⁴  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $34.6 million. 
⁵  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $6.0 million.
⁶  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $9.1 million.
7  Current assets less current liabilities.

97

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0 1 9   B U S I N E S S   L E A D E R S H I P

North America

Europe

Asia Pacific

Mark Cooper
President, 
Avery & METO Worldwide

Brea, California, USA

John Dargan
President,  
Checkpoint Worldwide

Thorofare, New Jersey, USA

Ben Rubino
President,  
Home & Personal Care Worldwide

Lumberton, New Jersey, USA

Stephan Finke
Vice President & General Manager 
Food & Beverage North America

Sonoma, California, USA

Eric Frantz
Group Vice President, 
Home & Personal Care North America

Hermitage, Pennsylvania, USA

Bill Goldsmith
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Design North America

Schererville, Indiana, USA

Al Green
Vice President, 
Technology Development 

Clinton, South Carolina, USA

Andy Iseli
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Tube

Los Angeles, California, USA

Jon Knight
Vice President & General Manager 
Innovia Films America

Winston-Salem, North Carolina, USA

Sandra Lane
Vice President, 
CCL Secure North America

Greensboro, North Carolina, USA

Allison Phillips
Vice President,  
Strategic Business Development 
Avery North America 

Brea, California, USA

Lee Pretsell
Group Vice President, 
Healthcare & Specialty Worldwide

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

98

Günther Birkner
President, 
Food & Beverage, Healthcare & Specialty 
and Innovia Films Worldwide

Jim Anzai
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries North Asia

Tokyo, Japan

Zurich, Switzerland

Peter Fleissner
President, 
CCL Design Worldwide

Solingen, Germany

Scott Mitchell-Harris
Group Vice President, 
Checkpoint Europe & Asia Pacific,

Apparel Labeling Solutions Worldwide

Barcelona, Spain

Erik Cardinaal
Vice President & General Manager, 
Apparel Labeling Solutions, 
Europe, Middle East and Africa

Terborg, Netherlands

Derek Cumming
Group Vice President,  
CCL Design Worldwide

East Kilbride, Scotland

Werner Ehrmann
Vice President, 
Technology Development

Holzkirchen, Germany

Mathias Maennel
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Healthcare & Specialty Europe

Oss, Netherlands

Jamie Robinson
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Home & Personal Care Europe

Castleford, U.K.

Reinhard Streit
Vice President & Managing Director 
Food & Beverage Europe

Völkermarkt, Austria

Da Gang Li
Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries Greater China

Shanghai, PR China

Kittipong Kulratanasinsuk
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Label ASEAN

Bangkok, Thailand

Daniel Choo Thian Chau
Managing Director 
CCL Label Vietnam & Checkpoint Vietnam

Thu Dau Mot City, Vietnam

Xiao Hong “Echo” Yu
Vice President & Managing Director 
CCL Label China

Hefei, PR China

Alex Zhu
Vice President & Managing Director 
CCL Design Greater China

Suzhou, PR China

Mark Gentle
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Checkpoint & Meto Australia,  
New Zealand & ASEAN

Melbourne, Australia

John O’Brien
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Label Australia & New Zealand

Adelaide, Australia

Neil Sanders
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Secure – Polymer Bank Notes

Melbourne, Australia

Latin America 

Luis Jocionis
Goup Vice President,  
CCL Industries South America

Sao Paolo, Brazil

Ben Lilienthal
Group Vice President, 
CCL Industries Central America

Mexico City, Mexico

2019 Annual Report2 0 1 9   C O R P O R AT E   E X E C U T I V E S

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and 

Chief Executive Officer

Suzana Furtado
Corporate Secretary

Kamal Kotecha
Vice President, Taxation

Mark McClendon
Vice President and 
General Counsel

James A. Sellors
Senior Vice President, 
CCL Industries Asia Pacific

Lalitha Vaidyanathan
Senior Vice President,  
Finance-IT- Human Resources,  
CCL Industries

Nick Vecchiarelli
Vice President,  
Corporate Accounting

Monika Vodermaier
Vice President,  
Corporate Finance 
Europe 

Sean P. Washchuk
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

2 0 1 9   B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Vincent  J. Galifi
Director since 2016

Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 
Magna International Inc.  
Ontario, Canada

Alan D. Horn
Director since 2019

President and Chief Executive Officer of 
Rogers Telecommunications Limited 
Ontario, Canada

Kathleen L. Keller-Hobson
Director since 2015

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Donald G. Lang
Director since 1991

Executive Chairman, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Ontario, Canada

Erin M. Lang
Director since 2016

Managing Director, 
LUMAS Canada 
Ontario, Canada

Stuart W. Lang
Director since 1991

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director since 2005

President and CEO, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Douglas W. Muzyka
Director since 2016

Corporate Director 
Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Thomas C. Peddie
Director since 2003

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Mandy J. Shapansky
Director since 2014

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

99

2019 Annual ReportS H A R E H O L D E R S ’   I N F O R M AT I O N

Auditors

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Accountants

Legal Counsel

McMillan LLP

Transfer Agent 

Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders

The Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders  
will be held on:
May 14, 2020 at 2:00 p.m.
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1

AST Trust Company (Canada)
P.O. Box 700
Postal Station B
Montreal, QC H3B 3K3
Email: 
Investor Services:  (416) 682-3860 or (800) 387-0825
(888) 249-6189
Fax: 
www.astfinancial.com/ca-en
Website:   

inquiries@astfinancial.com

Financial Information

Institutional investors, analysts and registered representatives 
requiring additional information may contact:

Sean Washchuk
Senior Vice President and CFO
(416) 756-8526

Additional copies of this report can be obtained from:

Class B Share Information

Stock Symbol CCL.B

Listed TSX 

Opening price 2019  
Closing price 2019 
Number of trades 
Trading volume (shares) 
Trading value 
Annual dividends declared 

Shares outstanding at December 31, 2019

Class A voting shares 
Class B non-voting shares 

$49.62
$55.32
511,633
78,495,376
$4,518,889,049
$0.68

11,836,250
166,790,238

CCL Industries Inc.
Investor Relations Department
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1
Tel:    
Fax:   
Email: 
Website:   

(416) 756-8500
(416) 756-8555
ccl@cclind.com
www.cclind.com

o

i

d
u
t
S

n
g

i

s
e
D

E
V
O
B
L
E
D

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

100

This report is printed on recyclable, acid-free and chlorine free paper. 
Printed in Canada. 

2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C

C

L

I

n

d

u

s

t

r

i

e

s

I

n

c

.

–

2

0

1

9

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road,  
Suite 801 Toronto, ON   
M2H 3R1, Canada
Tel +1 (416) 756 8500

161 Worcester Road
Framingham, MA 01701, U.S.A.
Tel +1 (508) 872 4511

www.cclind.com